Mercurial > emacs
annotate etc/NEWS @ 77425:a0465482d78d
(Extended Menu Items): Move the info about
format with cached keyboard binding.
author | Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 22 Apr 2007 16:59:44 +0000 |
parents | 162fbe64bbb5 |
children | c1d43f2a6032 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
77134
87aa947227ad
Remove date at the top of the file, since it is almost always
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
77071
diff
changeset
|
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
2 |
75343
0259a1711394
Update copyright for years from Emacs 21 to present (mainly adding
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75187
diff
changeset
|
3 Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 |
59363
9120644ff426
(display-battery-mode): Rename from display-battery.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
59356
diff
changeset
|
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5 See the end of the file for license conditions. |
25853 | 6 |
7 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org. | |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
8 If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug. |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
9 |
74772 | 10 This file is about changes in Emacs version 22. |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
11 |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
12 See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes |
74772 | 13 in older Emacs versions. |
71203
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
14 |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
15 You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news' |
25fa0038a52d
Reorganize NEWS and ONEWS.* files into NEWS for current major version
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71123
diff
changeset
|
16 with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n. |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
17 |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
18 * About external Lisp packages |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
19 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
20 When you upgrade to Emacs 22 from a previous version, some older |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
21 versions of external Lisp packages are known to behave badly. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
22 So in general, it is recommended that you upgrade to the latest |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
23 versions of any external Lisp packages that you are using. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
24 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
25 You should also be aware that many Lisp packages have been included |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
26 with Emacs 22 (see the extensive list below), and you should remove |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
27 any older versions of these packages to ensure that the Emacs 22 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
28 version is used. You can use M-x list-load-path-shadows to find such |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
29 older packages. |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
30 |
77138 | 31 Some specific packages that are known to cause problems are: |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
32 |
76251 | 33 ** Semantic (used by CEDET, ECB, JDEE): upgrade to latest version. |
76248 | 34 ** cua.el, cua-mode.el: remove old versions. |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
35 |
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
36 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
37 * Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
41099
eab977ad2163
Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41091
diff
changeset
|
38 |
77419 | 39 ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' |
40 when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port | |
41 provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats). | |
42 | |
71611
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
43 ** Emacs comes with a new set of icons. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
44 These icons are displayed on the taskbar and/or titlebar when Emacs |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
45 runs in a graphical environment. Source files for these icons can be |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
46 found in etc/images/icons. (You can't change the icons displayed by |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
47 Emacs by changing these files directly. On X, the icon is compiled |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
48 into the Emacs executable; see gnu.h in the source tree. On MS |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
49 Windows, see nt/icons/emacs.ico.) |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
50 |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
51 ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
52 |
62043 | 53 The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
54 Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User |
77137 | 55 Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar to make it easily |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
56 accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
57 |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
58 ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
59 the distribution. |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
60 |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
61 This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
62 together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu |
77137 | 63 item was added to the menu bar to make it easily accessible |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
64 (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). |
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
65 |
77419 | 66 ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
67 You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build | |
68 Emacs with Leim. | |
69 | |
62043 | 70 ** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the |
62055 | 71 following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both |
77325
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
72 with simplified and traditional characters), French, Russian, and |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
73 Italian. Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
74 setup doesn't automatically select the right one. |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
75 |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
76 ** New translations of the Emacs reference card are available in the |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
77 Brasilian Portuguese and Russian. The corresponding PostScript files |
8d870c88945e
Mention Russian tutorial and refcard translations.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77298
diff
changeset
|
78 are also included. |
70787
08e672918fea
Mention added Portugese refcard.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
70615
diff
changeset
|
79 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
80 ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
81 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
82 ** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
83 (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
84 the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
85 setting the variable `image-library-alist'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
86 |
77419 | 87 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added. |
41675 | 88 |
45195
8572b81e3c30
Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
45119
diff
changeset
|
89 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added. |
8572b81e3c30
Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
45119
diff
changeset
|
90 |
76274
045ca13893f7
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76251
diff
changeset
|
91 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on Tensilica Xtensa machines was added. |
045ca13893f7
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76251
diff
changeset
|
92 |
77419 | 93 ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. |
94 | |
95 ** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added. | |
96 | |
44898
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
97 ** Support for MacOS X was added. |
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
98 See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
457be7d90d62
Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
44876
diff
changeset
|
99 |
60393
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
100 ** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also |
77138 | 101 create a non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See |
60393
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
102 the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. |
ec79684bc4aa
Mention Carbon build on Mac OS 9.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
60299
diff
changeset
|
103 |
77419 | 104 ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code. |
105 | |
106 ** The `yow' program has been removed. | |
107 Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead. | |
108 | |
109 ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', | |
110 `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of | |
111 installed programs. | |
112 | |
113 ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game | |
114 scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal | |
115 place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the | |
116 configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses | |
117 to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access | |
118 to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately | |
119 in each user's home directory. | |
120 | |
121 ** Emacs can now be built without sound support. | |
122 | |
53656
f2b9a3d38bf2
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
53645
diff
changeset
|
123 ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union |
f2b9a3d38bf2
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
53645
diff
changeset
|
124 types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
125 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
126 ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
127 much pure storage it will approximately need. |
62896
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
128 |
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
129 ** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the |
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
130 contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
131 Emacs crash. |
62896
63b25cade3fb
Mention emacs-buffer.gdb
Noah Friedman <friedman@splode.com>
parents:
62847
diff
changeset
|
132 |
66245
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
133 ** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name. |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
134 The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
135 terminfo name, since term.el now supports color. |
9bc5f3573af6
Document eterm to eterm-color renaming.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
66241
diff
changeset
|
136 |
66610
5e5764b98f3e
Source files are compressed by default.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
66599
diff
changeset
|
137 ** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available. |
5e5764b98f3e
Source files are compressed by default.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
66599
diff
changeset
|
138 |
71611
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
139 ** All images used in Emacs have been consolidated in etc/images and subdirs. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
140 See also the changes to `find-image', documented below. |
94186fc5fd79
Mention consolidation of images in etc/images, and the new icons.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71603
diff
changeset
|
141 |
48054
b302909e7e67
Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
48027
diff
changeset
|
142 |
62043 | 143 * Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
48027
ad86b7acaeec
Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents:
48021
diff
changeset
|
144 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
145 ** New command line option -Q or --quick. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
146 This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
147 the fancy startup screen. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
148 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
149 ** New command line option -D or --basic-display. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
150 Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
151 the blinking cursor. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
152 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
153 ** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
154 the blinking cursor on graphical terminals. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
155 |
62146 | 156 ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE. |
157 It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they | |
158 can start with this line: | |
159 | |
160 #!/usr/bin/emacs --script | |
161 | |
162 ** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately. | |
163 Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they | |
164 appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: | |
165 | |
166 emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)" | |
167 | |
168 Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then | |
169 in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.) | |
170 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
171 ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
172 --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
173 |
69553
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
174 ** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display, |
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
175 Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option. |
2fc1b3ed4aec
Mention new behavior with unreachable $DISPLAY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69499
diff
changeset
|
176 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
177 ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
178 now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
179 an interactively callable function. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
180 |
62187 | 181 ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to |
182 all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only | |
183 affects the initial frame. | |
184 | |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
185 ** Emacs built for MS-Windows now behaves like Emacs on X does, |
77138 | 186 with respect to its frame position: if you don't specify a position |
187 (in your .emacs init file, in the Registry, or with the --geometry | |
188 command-line option), Emacs leaves the frame position to the Windows' | |
189 window manager. | |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
190 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
191 ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
192 When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
193 `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
194 whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
195 screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
196 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
197 ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
198 arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
199 disables the splash screen; see also the variable |
77138 | 200 `inhibit-splash-screen' (which is also aliased as |
201 `inhibit-startup-message'). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
202 |
77419 | 203 ** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon. |
204 The command-line options --icon-type, -i have been replaced with | |
205 options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn the bitmap icon off. | |
65942
d31b2741d149
* NEWS: -nb, --no-bitmap-icon
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65830
diff
changeset
|
206 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
207 ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
208 When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
209 displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
210 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
211 ** Init file changes |
66555
6c85f5b61c07
.emacs.d/.emacs changed to .emacs.d/init.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
66540
diff
changeset
|
212 If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try |
74450
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
213 ~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. Likewise, if the shell init file |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
214 ~/.emacs_SHELL is not found, Emacs will try ~/.emacs.d/init_SHELL.sh. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
215 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
216 ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
217 automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
218 modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
219 can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
220 according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. |
72067 | 221 |
222 ** If the environment variable EMAIL is defined, Emacs now uses its value | |
72184 | 223 to compute the default value of `user-mail-address', in preference to |
72067 | 224 concatenation of `user-login-name' with the name of your host machine. |
72179
e043a6ddf637
Document the change in position policy on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
72140
diff
changeset
|
225 |
62043 | 226 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
227 * Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
228 |
77419 | 229 ** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. |
230 | |
231 See below for more details. | |
232 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
233 ** M-g is now a prefix key. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
234 M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
235 M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
236 M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
237 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
238 ** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
239 and goes to the specified line in that buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
240 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
241 When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
242 point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
243 |
77419 | 244 ** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
245 M-o M-o requests refontification. | |
246 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
247 ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
248 since there are situations where one or the other will shut down |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
249 the operating system or your X server. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
250 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
251 ** When the undo information of the current command gets really large |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
252 (beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
253 you about it. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
254 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
255 ** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
256 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
257 See below under "incremental search changes". |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
258 |
77419 | 259 ** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name. |
260 This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the | |
261 need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the | |
262 keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under | |
263 "New keymaps for typing file names". | |
264 | |
74007
ec1b7bc39b5e
Mention find-file where C-x C-f RET change is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
73961
diff
changeset
|
265 ** C-x C-f RET (find-file), typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer |
ec1b7bc39b5e
Mention find-file where C-x C-f RET change is described.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
73961
diff
changeset
|
266 a special case. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
267 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
268 Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
269 of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
270 directory with Dired. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
271 |
66949
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
272 You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches |
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
273 the actual file name into the minibuffer. |
cd0310cf5638
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66825
diff
changeset
|
274 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
275 ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
276 to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
277 it remains unchanged. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
278 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
279 ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
280 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
281 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
282 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
283 doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
284 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
72734
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
285 |
77419 | 286 ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a |
287 previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u | |
288 C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC | |
289 to set the mark immediately after a jump. | |
290 | |
291 ** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | |
292 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | |
293 | |
294 ** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin | |
295 in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region. | |
296 | |
297 ** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t. | |
298 | |
72734
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
299 ** Adaptive filling misfeature removed. |
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
300 It no longer treats `NNN.' or `(NNN)' as a prefix. |
70aa4ed788b5
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72681
diff
changeset
|
301 |
75801 | 302 ** The register compatibility key bindings (deprecated since Emacs 19) |
303 have been removed: | |
304 C-x / point-to-register (Use: C-x r SPC) | |
305 C-x j jump-to-register (Use: C-x r j) | |
306 C-x x copy-to-register (Use: C-x r s) | |
307 C-x g insert-register (Use: C-x r i) | |
308 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
309 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
310 * Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
311 |
66507
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
312 ** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
313 cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
314 crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems, |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
315 killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
316 not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
317 a new Emacs. |
fcde30dab36e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66414
diff
changeset
|
318 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
319 ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
320 On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
321 |
67601
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
322 ** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left |
68011 | 323 (previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and |
67601
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
324 C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer |
0644a2b72e8c
Change `prev-buffer' to `previous-buffer'; add note on them using the
Károly Lőrentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
67575
diff
changeset
|
325 cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
326 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
327 ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
328 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
329 ** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
330 converts whitespace around point to N spaces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
331 |
69603
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
332 ** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
333 but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
334 analogue of C-x 4 C-o. |
a0ab0382b7ca
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
69582
diff
changeset
|
335 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
336 ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
337 By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
338 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
339 ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
340 be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
341 `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
342 of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
343 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
344 ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
345 been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
346 in Indented-Text mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
347 |
77419 | 348 ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters: |
349 `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'. | |
350 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
351 ** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
352 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
353 Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
354 now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
355 in the value, use `$$'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
356 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
357 ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
358 understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
359 `same-window'. |
62187 | 360 |
361 ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken | |
362 from the locale. | |
363 | |
364 ** Mark command changes: | |
62043 | 365 |
366 *** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
367 previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
368 mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
369 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
370 *** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
371 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
372 If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
373 (mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
374 extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
375 M-C-SPC, for example. This feature also works for |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
376 mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key. It also extends the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
377 region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
378 the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
379 in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
380 or set the new mark with C-SPC. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
381 |
62043 | 382 *** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
383 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
384 With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
385 if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
386 paragraphs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
387 |
62043 | 388 *** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
389 mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
390 region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
391 want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
392 ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
393 command only. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
394 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
395 One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
396 and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
397 This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
398 mark or the region. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
399 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
400 After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
401 deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
402 that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
403 C-g. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
404 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
405 *** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
406 `beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
407 is already active in Transient Mark mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
408 |
62043 | 409 ** Help command changes: |
410 | |
411 *** Changes in C-h bindings: | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
412 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
413 C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
414 |
66825 | 415 C-h d runs apropos-documentation. |
416 | |
71732
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
417 C-h r visits the Emacs Manual in Info. |
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
418 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
419 C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
420 that do not change: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
421 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
422 C-h C-f displays the FAQ. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
423 C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
424 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
425 The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
426 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
427 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
428 C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
429 - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
430 run by the key sequence. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
431 - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
432 command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
433 that command. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
434 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
435 For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
436 to new-kill-line, these commands now report: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
437 - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
438 C-k runs the command new-kill-line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
439 - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
440 kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline> |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
441 - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
442 new-kill-line is on C-k |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
443 |
62043 | 444 *** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
445 arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
446 default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
447 `help-default-arg-highlight'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
448 |
62043 | 449 *** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
450 variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
451 |
62043 | 452 *** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
453 preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
454 hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
455 preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
456 hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
457 enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info |
75187 | 458 anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In |
66514
1ab4a8980046
Help mode now creates hyperlinks for URLs.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
66507
diff
changeset
|
459 addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is |
1ab4a8980046
Help mode now creates hyperlinks for URLs.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
66507
diff
changeset
|
460 enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
461 |
62043 | 462 *** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
463 description various information about a character, including its |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
464 encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
465 widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
466 clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
467 |
62187 | 468 *** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because |
469 C-u C-x = gives the same information and more. | |
470 | |
62043 | 471 *** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
472 in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
473 same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
474 `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
475 keyboard oriented alternative. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
476 |
62043 | 477 *** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to |
478 automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on | |
479 point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is | |
480 determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults | |
481 to one second. This feature is turned off by default. | |
482 | |
62187 | 483 *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match. |
484 When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must | |
485 be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still | |
486 available. | |
487 | |
488 *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items | |
489 to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a | |
490 number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or | |
491 regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best | |
492 match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each | |
493 matching item. | |
494 | |
495 ** Incremental Search changes: | |
496 | |
497 *** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search. | |
498 To enable this feature, customize the new user option | |
499 `isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent | |
500 constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual | |
501 for details. | |
502 | |
503 *** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, | |
504 making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the | |
505 command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, | |
506 bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. | |
507 | |
508 *** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already | |
509 at the end of a line. | |
510 | |
511 *** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode. | |
512 Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e' | |
513 and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer. | |
514 | |
515 *** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or | |
516 `query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current | |
517 search string used as the string to replace. | |
518 | |
519 *** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command | |
520 history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new | |
521 user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'. | |
522 | |
523 ** Replace command changes: | |
524 | |
525 *** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil, | |
526 `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore | |
527 a match if part of it has a read-only property. | |
528 | |
529 *** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and | |
530 `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string, | |
531 where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement | |
77286
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
532 time. `\#' in a replacement string now refers to the count of |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
533 replacements already made by the replacement command. All regular |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
534 expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the replacement |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
535 string to specify a position where the replacement string can be |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
536 edited for each replacement. `query-replace-regexp-eval' is now |
0f67bcedb447
* NEWS: Mention `query-replace-regexp-eval' being deprecated.
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
77138
diff
changeset
|
537 deprecated since it offers no additional functionality. |
62187 | 538 |
539 *** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option | |
540 `query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil. | |
541 | |
542 *** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face | |
543 `query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face. | |
544 | |
70549
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
545 ** Local variables lists: |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
546 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
547 *** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
548 suffix from every line before processing all the lines. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
549 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
550 *** Text properties in local variables. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
551 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
552 A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
553 properties--any specified text properties are discarded. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
554 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
555 *** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
556 are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
557 the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
558 was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
559 definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p'). |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
560 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
561 At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
562 variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'. This new customizable |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
563 option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
564 Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
565 `safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p'). |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
566 However, risky variables will not be added to |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
567 `safe-local-variable-values' in this way. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
568 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
569 *** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
570 lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
571 behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest. |
71317
f27e25866475
Mention that `enable-local-variables' can have value :all, as well.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71303
diff
changeset
|
572 :all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe. |
70549
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
573 nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
574 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
575 *** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
576 are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
577 specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
578 such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
579 needed. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
580 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
581 *** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property, |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
582 that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
583 appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
584 is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
585 ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
586 with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
587 |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
588 If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
589 confirmation as before. |
c1933d4241b2
Combine items about local variables lists.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70515
diff
changeset
|
590 |
62187 | 591 ** File operation changes: |
592 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
593 *** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
594 the corresponding environment variable does not exist. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
595 Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
596 is only rarely needed. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
597 |
62043 | 598 *** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode, |
599 when the file name contains wildcard characters. | |
600 | |
601 *** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files, | |
74790
5e43de1ffaac
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74782
diff
changeset
|
602 when the file name contains wildcard characters. It now asks if you |
5e43de1ffaac
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74782
diff
changeset
|
603 wish save your changes and not just offer to kill the buffer. |
62043 | 604 |
605 *** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default. | |
606 | |
607 *** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. | |
608 | |
609 Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect | |
610 of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the | |
611 directory with Dired. | |
612 | |
613 *** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify | |
614 read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you | |
615 want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the | |
616 file.) | |
617 | |
618 *** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer | |
619 against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving. | |
620 | |
621 *** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and | |
622 add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument, | |
623 convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of | |
624 the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell | |
625 commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET | |
626 /tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo. | |
627 | |
628 *** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation | |
629 before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is | |
630 supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'. | |
631 | |
632 *** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that | |
633 controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will | |
634 attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files). | |
635 | |
65514
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
636 *** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
637 in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
638 the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
639 in data loss, use with care. |
845541eefcf1
Add entry for write-region-inhibit-fsync.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65503
diff
changeset
|
640 |
62043 | 641 *** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', |
62187 | 642 Emacs asks for confirmation. |
62043 | 643 |
644 *** require-final-newline now has two new possible values: | |
645 | |
646 `visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed | |
647 when visiting the file. | |
648 | |
649 `visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's | |
650 needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed | |
651 when saving the file. | |
652 | |
653 *** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain | |
654 major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's | |
655 designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline | |
656 sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline. | |
657 So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these | |
658 modes do. | |
659 | |
660 ** Minibuffer changes: | |
661 | |
66953
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
662 *** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when |
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
663 entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed. |
2ce8310aed56
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66949
diff
changeset
|
664 |
62043 | 665 *** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. |
666 Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the | |
667 variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the | |
668 prompt string. | |
669 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
670 *** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer. |
62043 | 671 |
672 Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions | |
673 have in common and where they begin to differ. | |
674 | |
675 The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face | |
676 `completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the | |
677 same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default, | |
678 `completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and | |
679 `completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of | |
680 `completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common | |
681 parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing | |
682 parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted. | |
683 | |
66176
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
684 Above fontification is always done when listing completions is |
75187 | 685 triggered at minibuffer. If you want to fontify completions whose |
66176
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
686 listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
687 the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
688 its second argument. |
cb6cf0328e4d
Write about the 2nd optional argument of `display-completion-list'.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
66099
diff
changeset
|
689 |
62187 | 690 *** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories. |
62043 | 691 If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a |
692 slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when | |
693 completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions' | |
694 which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion | |
695 candidate is a directory. | |
696 | |
697 *** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only | |
698 to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, | |
699 it remains unchanged. | |
700 | |
701 *** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'. | |
702 If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical | |
70935
6095a182eaad
Remove KEEP-ALL argument of `read-from-minibuffer'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
70833
diff
changeset
|
703 elements are deleted from the history list. |
62043 | 704 |
62187 | 705 ** Redisplay changes: |
62142
534734b70d1a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62084
diff
changeset
|
706 |
71327 | 707 *** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth. |
708 | |
709 To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays, | |
71326 | 710 the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during |
711 redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies | |
712 the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds. | |
713 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
714 *** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
715 When the file is maintained under version control, that information |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
716 appears between the position information and the major mode. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
717 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
718 *** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs. |
62043 | 719 |
63725
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
720 *** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special |
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
721 face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or |
01829129c4df
Renamed show-nonbreak-escape to nobreak-char-display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63692
diff
changeset
|
722 specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'. |
62043 | 723 |
724 *** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. | |
725 The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from | |
726 the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling | |
727 will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5. | |
728 | |
729 The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic | |
730 hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the | |
731 window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the | |
732 window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how | |
733 many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it | |
734 gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window. | |
735 | |
736 The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to | |
737 `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias. | |
62055 | 738 |
68070 | 739 *** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
740 the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's |
62043 | 741 vscroll property. |
742 | |
72507 | 743 *** New customize option `overline-margin' controls the space between |
744 overline and text. | |
745 | |
746 *** New variable `x-underline-at-descent-line' controls the relative | |
747 position of the underline. When set, it overrides the | |
748 `x-use-underline-position-properties' variables. | |
749 | |
62043 | 750 *** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line |
751 of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display | |
752 the mode line of the currently selected window. | |
753 | |
754 The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether | |
755 the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. | |
756 | |
757 *** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this | |
758 for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the | |
759 top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To | |
760 control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x | |
761 set-fringe-style. | |
762 | |
62187 | 763 *** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In |
764 addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways | |
765 the window can be scrolled. | |
62043 | 766 |
767 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable | |
768 `indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of | |
769 this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'. | |
770 | |
771 If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are | |
772 displayed in the left or right fringe, resp. | |
773 | |
62680 | 774 The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and |
62187 | 775 position of each bitmap individually. |
62043 | 776 |
777 For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap | |
778 in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both | |
779 arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the | |
780 left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)). | |
781 | |
782 *** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window | |
783 (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into | |
784 two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line). | |
785 Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the | |
786 cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline. | |
787 | |
62187 | 788 The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to |
62043 | 789 revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines. |
790 | |
62187 | 791 *** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now |
62043 | 792 displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than |
62187 | 793 outside those margins. |
794 | |
795 *** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings, | |
62043 | 796 in addition to the individual display margin settings. |
797 | |
798 Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split | |
799 horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored, | |
800 or when the frame is resized. | |
801 | |
73354
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
802 *** The %c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format. |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
803 Due to technical limitations in how Emacs interacts with windowing |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
804 systems, these constructs often failed to render properly, and could |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
805 even cause Emacs to crash. |
ae275f011f63
%c and %l constructs are now ignored in frame-title-format.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
73143
diff
changeset
|
806 |
74998 | 807 *** If value of `auto-resize-tool-bars' is `grow-only', the tool bar |
808 will expand as needed, but not contract automatically. To contract | |
809 the tool bar, you must type C-l. | |
810 | |
62187 | 811 ** Cursor display changes: |
62043 | 812 |
813 *** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is | |
814 now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'. | |
815 | |
816 *** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking. | |
817 | |
818 *** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor. | |
819 The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in | |
820 default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar' | |
821 cursor does. | |
822 | |
823 *** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) | |
824 of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor | |
825 appears in. | |
826 | |
827 *** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any | |
828 of the recognized cursor types. | |
829 | |
67956 | 830 *** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs |
67938
7fa0e75aeb21
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67817
diff
changeset
|
831 uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor. |
7fa0e75aeb21
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67817
diff
changeset
|
832 |
63116
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
833 ** New faces: |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
834 |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
835 *** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
836 elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
837 areas. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
838 |
68219 | 839 *** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification |
840 parts of the mode line. | |
841 | |
63116
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
842 *** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
843 the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
844 This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
845 black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
846 allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place, |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
847 so package-specific faces can inherit from it. |
5f15b57e99a6
Add `shadow' face and move `mode-line-highlight' to new section `New faces'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
63011
diff
changeset
|
848 |
64872
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
849 *** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows. |
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
850 |
77419 | 851 ** Font-Lock (syntax highlighting) changes: |
62187 | 852 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
853 *** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
854 M-o M-o requests refontification. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
855 |
62187 | 856 *** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle |
857 fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived | |
858 modes that do their own fontification in a special way. | |
859 | |
860 The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable | |
861 fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from | |
862 `Info-mode-hook'. | |
863 | |
72782 | 864 *** Font-Lock mode: in major modes such as Lisp mode, where some Emacs |
865 features assume that an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of | |
866 any string or comment, Font-Lock now highlights any such open-paren in | |
867 bold-red if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it | |
868 can cause trouble. You should rewrite the string or comment so that | |
869 the open-paren is not in column 0. | |
62187 | 870 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
871 *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
872 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
873 *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
874 |
62454 | 875 *** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked. |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
876 You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
877 the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode, |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
878 cperl-mode and make-mode support this. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
879 |
62043 | 880 *** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed. |
76291
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
881 The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now nil |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
882 instead of 3. This setting of jit-lock-stealth-time disables stealth |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
883 fontification: on today's machines, it may be a bug in font lock |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
884 patterns if fontification otherwise noticeably degrades interactivity. |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
885 If you find movement in infrequently visited buffers sluggish (and the |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
886 major mode maintainer has no better idea), customizing |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
887 jit-lock-stealth-time to a non-nil value will let Emacs fontify |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
888 buffers in the background when it considers the system to be idle. |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
889 jit-lock-stealth-nice is now 0.5 instead of 0.125 which is supposed to |
7d2b5814cd4e
* NEWS (fontification): Mention that the new default for
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
76274
diff
changeset
|
890 cause less load than the old defaults. |
62043 | 891 |
892 *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. | |
893 | |
894 If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs | |
895 idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For | |
896 example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will | |
897 only happen after 0.25s of idle time. | |
898 | |
899 *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification. | |
900 | |
901 jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and | |
902 jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual | |
903 refontification takes place. | |
904 | |
74355
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
905 *** lazy-lock is considered obsolete. |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
906 |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
907 The `lazy-lock' package is superseded by `jit-lock' and is considered |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
908 obsolete. `jit-lock' is activated by default; if you wish to continue |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
909 using `lazy-lock', activate it in your ~/.emacs like this: |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
910 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
911 |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
912 If you invoke `lazy-lock-mode' directly rather than through |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
913 `font-lock-support-mode', it now issues a warning: |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
914 "Use font-lock-support-mode rather than calling lazy-lock-mode" |
6d42e0eb1e0a
Document the warning in lazy-lock.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
74307
diff
changeset
|
915 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
916 ** Menu support: |
62043 | 917 |
918 *** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". | |
919 This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such | |
920 as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself). | |
921 You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn | |
922 it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of | |
64872
0f065023e506
Fix `+++' and `---' for Info mode. Add `vertical-border' face.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64849
diff
changeset
|
923 current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line. |
62043 | 924 |
925 *** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". | |
926 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
927 *** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
928 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
929 *** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..." |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
930 and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
931 to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
932 |
77138 | 933 *** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/LessTif can be |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
934 disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
935 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
936 *** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
937 be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
938 |
77138 | 939 *** The menu bar for Motif/LessTif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys. |
71059
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
940 Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with |
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
941 the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys. |
531026a8ae1e
* NEWS: Mention F10 for Gtk+/Leddtif/Lucid menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71008
diff
changeset
|
942 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
943 *** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
944 to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
945 `-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
946 |
77138 | 947 *** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and LessTif/Motif now pop down on pressing |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
948 ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
949 |
68885
bf32a9fa6cd9
* NEWS: Gtk+ 2.4 is required.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68736
diff
changeset
|
950 *** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog |
72965
6c6d855ef919
Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog to x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72919
diff
changeset
|
951 by setting the variable `x-gtk-use-old-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
952 the new dialog. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
953 |
62187 | 954 ** Mouse changes: |
955 | |
956 *** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. | |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
957 |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
958 Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2 |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
959 click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1 |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
960 click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
961 inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed |
77138 | 962 to match this context-sensitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old |
62162
0c38f5bedcab
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62146
diff
changeset
|
963 behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.) |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
964 |
62187 | 965 Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
966 more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
967 activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link" |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
968 (see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The Lisp |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
969 packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
970 this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
971 is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could |
59894
0d396bc457d8
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59839
diff
changeset
|
972 happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
973 on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click. |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
974 |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
975 If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
976 just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal |
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
977 click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
978 you release it). |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
979 |
59058
54f8cd81210b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59026
diff
changeset
|
980 Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
981 drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text. |
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
982 |
60255 | 983 You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options |
984 `mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'. | |
59026
ef5a485f984f
Implement context-sentitive dual behaviour for mouse-1 click.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
58975
diff
changeset
|
985 |
77419 | 986 *** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil |
987 value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from | |
988 one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window | |
989 can be selected only when it is active. | |
990 | |
991 *** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to | |
992 select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position | |
993 normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set | |
994 the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected | |
995 window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame | |
996 to give it focus. | |
997 | |
62187 | 998 *** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
999 is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1000 can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1001 mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1002 also disable mouse highlighting. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1003 |
62187 | 1004 *** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1005 shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1006 variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1007 |
62187 | 1008 *** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1009 (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1010 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1011 *** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1013 People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1014 unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1015 ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1016 mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
62187 | 1018 *** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default. |
1019 | |
64990 | 1020 ** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes: |
62187 | 1021 |
71254
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1022 *** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*- |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1023 construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1024 -*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1025 various global and per-coding-system translation tables. You can also |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1026 specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file. For |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1027 shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the |
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1028 character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*- |
71258
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1029 construct or in a local variable list. For example, if a file has the |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1030 following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1' |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1031 without any character translation: |
2f0ef040dfe3
Add an example for the previous change.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71254
diff
changeset
|
1032 ;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*- |
71254
db157113b47c
Mention how to disable character translation for a file.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
71203
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
62187 | 1034 *** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1035 more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1036 name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines. |
62187 | 1037 This change can result in using the different coding systems as |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1038 default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
62187 | 1040 *** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1041 current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This |
62187 | 1042 can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1043 characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1044 emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1045 keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1046 or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated |
74307
f367608cd9d6
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
74093
diff
changeset
|
1047 by the keyboard. See Info node `Unibyte Mode'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1048 |
62187 | 1049 *** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1050 revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
62187 | 1052 *** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1053 coding system. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1054 |
62187 | 1055 *** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1056 of a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1057 |
62187 | 1058 *** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1059 unicode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1060 |
62187 | 1061 *** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1062 coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1063 (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1064 command. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1065 |
62187 | 1066 *** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1067 in the current input method to input a character at point. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
62187 | 1069 *** Limited support for character `unification' has been added. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1070 Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1071 the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1072 Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1073 sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1074 translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1075 mule-unicode-... ones. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1076 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1077 By default this translation happens automatically on encoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1078 Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1079 with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1080 possible. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1081 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1082 You can force a more complete unification with the user option |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1083 unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1084 into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1085 mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1086 will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1087 |
77419 | 1088 *** New language environments (set up automatically according to the |
1089 locale): Belarusian, Bulgarian, Chinese-EUC-TW, Croatian, Esperanto, | |
1090 French, Georgian, Italian, Latin-7, Latvian, Lithuanian, Malayalam, | |
1091 Russian, Russian, Slovenian, Swedish, Tajik, Tamil, UTF-8,Ukrainian, | |
1092 Welsh,Latin-6, Windows-1255. | |
1093 | |
1094 *** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, | |
1095 belarusian, bulgarian-bds, bulgarian-phonetic, chinese-sisheng (for | |
1096 Chinese Pinyin characters), croatian, dutch, georgian, latvian-keyboard, | |
1097 lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, malayalam-inscript, rfc1345, | |
1098 russian-computer, sgml, slovenian, tamil-inscript, ukrainian-computer, | |
1099 ucs, vietnamese-telex, welsh. | |
1100 | |
62187 | 1101 *** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1102 either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets, |
77419 | 1103 when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. |
1104 This is controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
62187 | 1106 *** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1107 automatically activated if you select Thai as a language |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1108 environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1109 versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1110 M-f (forward-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1111 M-b (backward-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1112 M-d (kill-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1113 M-DEL (backward-kill-word) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1114 M-t (transpose-words) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1115 M-q (fill-paragraph) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1116 |
62187 | 1117 *** Indian support has been updated. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1118 The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are |
77419 | 1119 assumed. There is a framework for supporting various Indian scripts, |
1120 but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are supported. | |
62187 | 1121 |
1122 *** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1123 By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1124 single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1125 turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1126 sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1127 system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1128 interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1129 You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1130 `ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1131 coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1132 one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1133 The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1134 |
77419 | 1135 *** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'. |
1136 | |
62187 | 1137 *** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1138 in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1139 Big 5 is then converted to CNS. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1140 |
64733
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1141 *** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library. |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1142 These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1143 on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1144 only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in |
7dba5e116596
Fix the entry describing code-pages.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
64595
diff
changeset
|
1145 `code-pages' are auto-loaded. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1146 |
62187 | 1147 *** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1148 Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
62187 | 1150 *** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1151 characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1152 fontset appropriately. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
62187 | 1154 ** Customize changes: |
1155 | |
65351
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1156 *** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a |
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1157 custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to |
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1158 load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x |
69643 | 1159 enable-theme to enable a disabled theme. |
65351
c117ff39102e
Added custom themes.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65248
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
62187 | 1161 *** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1162 now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1163 specified for that character, the commands by default customize those |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1164 faces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
62187 | 1166 *** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1167 In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1168 check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1169 for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1170 sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1171 its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1172 case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
62187 | 1174 *** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1175 the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1176 You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value" |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1177 under the "[State]" button. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1178 |
62187 | 1179 ** Buffer Menu changes: |
1180 | |
1181 *** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file | |
68070 | 1182 buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu |
62187 | 1183 mode. |
1184 | |
1185 *** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin | |
1186 with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers | |
1187 whose names begin with space are omitted. | |
1188 | |
1189 *** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and | |
1190 `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed | |
1191 in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar. | |
1192 | |
1193 `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays | |
1194 leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer. | |
1195 If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are | |
1196 shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil | |
1197 and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively. | |
1198 | |
1199 `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes | |
1200 the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is | |
1201 t, and the status is shown. | |
1202 | |
1203 Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time | |
1204 the Buffers menu is regenerated. | |
1205 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1206 ** Dired mode: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1207 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1208 *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1209 dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1210 introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1211 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1212 *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1213 with different file attributes in two dired buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1214 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1215 *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1216 of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1217 |
70804
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1218 *** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g. |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1219 This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g. |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1221 *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1222 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1223 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1224 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the |
69643 | 1225 double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1226 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1227 |
70804
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1228 *** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name |
f9fc135ed521
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70788
diff
changeset
|
1229 into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1230 |
62187 | 1231 *** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. |
1232 | |
1233 The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command | |
1234 dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable | |
1235 dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function | |
1236 instead. | |
1237 | |
1238 *** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1239 have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1240 directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1241 directory listing into a buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
62187 | 1243 ** Comint changes: |
1244 | |
1245 *** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user | |
55302
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1246 option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default, |
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1247 except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be |
56bb135eddf9
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55252
diff
changeset
|
1248 controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which |
55303
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1249 overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1251 The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region' |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1252 support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1253 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1254 `comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both |
56445
3663dabe18b8
Minor cleanups in text.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
56441
diff
changeset
|
1255 read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire |
55303
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1256 lines, including any prompts. |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1257 |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1258 `comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1259 read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1260 part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1261 and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is |
d71fb69263a2
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55302
diff
changeset
|
1262 not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like |
66414
45648bb291a5
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
66407
diff
changeset
|
1263 `kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text |
45648bb291a5
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
66407
diff
changeset
|
1264 to the kill-ring, but does not delete it. |
55126
224d1d1861bb
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55079
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
62187 | 1266 *** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived |
68070 | 1267 modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1268 like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1269 otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1270 |
62187 | 1271 *** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1272 `comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1273 but declared obsolete. |
55069
862a221ef112
New next-error framework, use in occur.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55053
diff
changeset
|
1274 |
77419 | 1275 *** The new INSIDE_EMACS environment variable is set to "t" in subshells |
1276 running inside Emacs. This supersedes the EMACS environment variable, | |
1277 which will be removed in a future Emacs release. Programs that need | |
1278 to know whether they are started inside Emacs should check INSIDE_EMACS | |
1279 instead of EMACS. | |
72833
81a55a7dc3c3
* etc/NEWS: In terminal-oriented subshells, the EMACS environment
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
72782
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
62187 | 1281 ** M-x Compile changes: |
1282 | |
1283 *** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable | |
54648
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1285 Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1286 recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1287 red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error' |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1288 (controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold'). |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1289 |
54677
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1290 Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1291 This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1292 This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted. |
bf0752d84f5a
message deletion note added to M-x compile
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54652
diff
changeset
|
1293 |
54648
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1294 The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1295 you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1296 leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1297 `compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks |
28269367379e
reformulated compile announcement
Daniel Pfeiffer <occitan@esperanto.org>
parents:
54600
diff
changeset
|
1298 that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are. |
54381
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1300 The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message. |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1302 *** New user option `compilation-environment'. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1303 This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1304 compilation processes without affecting the environment that all |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1305 subprocesses inherit. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1306 |
65054
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1307 *** New user option `compilation-disable-input'. |
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1308 If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input. |
66bd777e615c
Mention compilation-disable-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65035
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
62187 | 1310 *** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select' |
1311 specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line | |
1312 in new face `next-error'. | |
1313 | |
1314 *** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in | |
1315 compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the | |
1316 modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the | |
1317 buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding | |
1318 matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with | |
1319 C-c C-f. | |
1320 | |
62383
fab51647537d
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62382
diff
changeset
|
1321 *** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in |
fab51647537d
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62382
diff
changeset
|
1322 the compilation buffer. |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1323 |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1324 *** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1325 context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed, |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1326 it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe, |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1327 no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1328 of the window. |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
1329 |
72833
81a55a7dc3c3
* etc/NEWS: In terminal-oriented subshells, the EMACS environment
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
72782
diff
changeset
|
1330 *** The EMACS environment variable now defaults to Emacs's absolute |
81a55a7dc3c3
* etc/NEWS: In terminal-oriented subshells, the EMACS environment
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
72782
diff
changeset
|
1331 file name, instead of to "t". |
81a55a7dc3c3
* etc/NEWS: In terminal-oriented subshells, the EMACS environment
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
72782
diff
changeset
|
1332 |
62187 | 1333 ** Occur mode changes: |
1334 | |
1335 *** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and | |
1336 C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without | |
1337 switching to it. | |
1338 | |
1339 *** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to | |
1340 the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur. | |
1341 | |
1342 *** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can | |
1343 search multiple buffers. There is also a new command | |
68518
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1344 `multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1345 buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names. Internally, |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1346 Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other |
cf867c84ce1f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68451
diff
changeset
|
1347 changes. |
62187 | 1348 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1349 ** Grep changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1350 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1351 *** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup. |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1352 |
62187 | 1353 There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and |
1354 customization group. | |
1355 | |
70260 | 1356 *** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where |
1357 people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it. | |
1358 | |
1359 *** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are | |
1360 more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt | |
1361 separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search, | |
77138 | 1362 and the base directory for the search. Case sensitivity of the |
75879 | 1363 search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'. |
70260 | 1364 |
1365 These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables | |
1366 `grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep). | |
1367 | |
1368 The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'. | |
1369 | |
1370 Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those | |
1371 typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch, | |
1372 are automatically skipped by `rgrep'. | |
1373 | |
1374 *** The grep commands provide highlighting support. | |
54381
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1375 |
a9355221b2b4
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
54358
diff
changeset
|
1376 Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers |
62187 | 1377 can be saved and automatically revisited. |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1378 |
70260 | 1379 *** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override |
1380 the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only. | |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1381 |
69643 | 1382 *** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep* |
57024
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1383 buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1384 --color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1385 match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1386 buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1387 source line is highlighted. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1389 *** New key bindings in grep output window: |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1390 SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1391 previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1392 the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1393 other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1394 previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1395 file. |
f7a178c7c443
Collect and rearrange compile and grep related items.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
57009
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
62187 | 1397 *** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1398 by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1399 detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1400 When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1401 unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1402 command lines to be used than was possible before. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
1403 |
62043 | 1404 ** X Windows Support: |
1405 | |
1406 *** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window | |
1407 opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired | |
1408 buffer copies or moves the file to that directory. | |
1409 | |
1410 *** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). | |
1411 The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', | |
1412 and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should | |
1413 use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap | |
1414 Meta and Alt: | |
1415 (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) | |
1416 (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) | |
1417 | |
62187 | 1418 *** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can |
62043 | 1419 speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server. |
1420 | |
1421 If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of | |
1422 XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on. | |
1423 | |
1424 *** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs | |
1425 requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that | |
1426 Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING, | |
1427 and use the more appropriately result. | |
1428 | |
1429 *** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling. | |
1430 On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual | |
1431 amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it). | |
1432 | |
1433 ** Xterm support: | |
1434 | |
68387
ee1488acdc41
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68338
diff
changeset
|
1435 *** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks |
ee1488acdc41
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68338
diff
changeset
|
1436 on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm. |
62043 | 1437 |
1438 *** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm. | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1439 When Emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. |
75187 | 1440 The following should work: |
62043 | 1441 {C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}. |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1442 These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8 (and later versions), |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1443 they might not work on some older versions of xterm, or on some |
76247
336177541fa2
(About external Lisp packages): New section.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76201
diff
changeset
|
1444 proprietary versions. |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1445 The various keys generated by xterm when the "modifyOtherKeys" |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1446 resource is set are also supported. |
62043 | 1447 |
62187 | 1448 ** Character terminal color support changes: |
62043 | 1449 |
1450 *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard | |
1451 mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character | |
1452 terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal | |
1453 database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't | |
1454 set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable | |
1455 terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls' | |
1456 when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors | |
1457 in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the | |
1458 user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. | |
1459 | |
1460 *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more | |
1461 than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and | |
1462 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup | |
1463 the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for | |
1464 all of these colors. | |
1465 | |
1466 *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default | |
1467 faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and | |
1468 256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an | |
1469 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face | |
1470 colors as on X. | |
1471 | |
1472 *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. | |
77419 | 1473 |
1474 ** ebnf2ps changes: | |
1475 | |
1476 *** New option `ebnf-arrow-extra-width' which specify extra width for arrow | |
1477 shape drawing. | |
1478 The extra width is used to avoid that the arrowhead and the terminal border | |
1479 overlap. It depends on `ebnf-arrow-shape' and `ebnf-line-width'. | |
1480 | |
1481 *** New option `ebnf-arrow-scale' which specify the arrow scale. | |
1482 Values lower than 1.0, shrink the arrow. | |
1483 Values greater than 1.0, expand the arrow. | |
62187 | 1484 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1485 * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1 |
62187 | 1486 |
68451
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1487 ** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1488 |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1489 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1490 |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1491 To see what modules are available, type |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1492 M-x customize-option erc-modules RET. |
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1493 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1494 To start an IRC session with ERC, type M-x erc, and follow the prompts |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1495 for server, port, and nick. |
68451
fc745b05e928
Revision: emacs@sv.gnu.org/emacs--devo--0--patch-22
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
68387
diff
changeset
|
1496 |
66251
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1497 ** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1499 Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1500 simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers. Each discussion |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1501 takes place in its own buffer. For each connection you can join |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1502 several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1503 (one-to-one) chats. Both channel and private chats are contained in |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1504 separate buffers. |
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1505 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1506 To start an IRC session using the default parameters, type M-x irc. |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1507 If you type C-u M-x irc, it prompts you for the server, nick, port and |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
1508 startup channel parameters before connecting. |
66251
b634f15a1cf9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66245
diff
changeset
|
1509 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1510 ** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1512 Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1513 sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1514 corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1515 separate manual. |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
66099
f284148b3d3f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66091
diff
changeset
|
1517 ** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions. |
66599
59a8de2d3c67
Replace (savehist-mode 1) for (savehist-load).
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66555
diff
changeset
|
1518 To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file. |
66099
f284148b3d3f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66091
diff
changeset
|
1519 |
62043 | 1520 ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in |
1521 various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on | |
1522 program files that include other program files. | |
1523 | |
1524 Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on | |
1525 all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing | |
1526 in them. | |
1527 | |
1528 ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1529 | |
1530 Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in | |
67271
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1531 Emacs Lisp. The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1532 can be started with `C-x * *'. The Calc manual is separate from the |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1533 Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1534 manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and |
d501300a9986
Add a comment about the Calc prefix.
Jay Belanger <jay.p.belanger@gmail.com>
parents:
67261
diff
changeset
|
1535 `etc/calccard.ps'. |
62043 | 1536 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1537 ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1538 customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1539 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1540 ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1541 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1542 The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1543 package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1544 to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1545 a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1546 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1547 ** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1548 between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c. |
62043 | 1549 |
1550 ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1551 | |
1552 The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for | |
1553 cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo. | |
1554 With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement | |
1555 keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active | |
1556 region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with | |
1557 cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua. | |
1558 | |
76201
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1559 The cua-selection-mode enables the CUA keybindings for the region but |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1560 does not change the bindings for C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v. It can be used as a |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1561 replacement for pc-selection-mode. |
19592a6d1649
*** empty log message ***
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
76059
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
62043 | 1563 In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible |
62451
ee6bad3fbaf7
Move rectangle mark from S-return to C-return.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
62408
diff
changeset
|
1564 rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it |
62043 | 1565 using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x |
1566 or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works). | |
1567 | |
1568 Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to | |
1569 fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or | |
1570 downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the | |
1571 rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such | |
1572 as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use | |
1573 M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the | |
1574 rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands. | |
1575 | |
1576 Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric | |
1577 prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and | |
1578 C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9. | |
1579 | |
1580 The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in | |
1581 register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text. | |
1582 | |
1583 Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space. | |
1584 When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is | |
1585 automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the | |
1586 commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands. | |
1587 | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1588 The features of cua also works with the standard Emacs bindings for |
62043 | 1589 kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't |
62187 | 1590 want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the |
62043 | 1591 `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable. |
1592 | |
1593 Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older | |
1594 versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you | |
1595 must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the | |
1596 loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file. | |
1597 | |
63863 | 1598 ** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution |
1599 | |
1600 Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and | |
63844
0b93c09db258
Org-mode entry shortened.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63843
diff
changeset
|
1601 doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system. |
0b93c09db258
Org-mode entry shortened.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63843
diff
changeset
|
1602 It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1603 capabilities. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1604 |
63863 | 1605 The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1606 activating the minor Orgtbl-mode. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
1607 |
63846
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1608 The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs, |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1609 type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1610 available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'. |
a8f32cc51b02
Still more fixes to the org-mode entry.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63844
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
72351
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
1612 ** The new package dns-mode.el adds syntax highlighting of DNS master files. |
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
1613 It is a modern replacement for zone-mode.el, which is now obsolete. |
62043 | 1614 |
1615 ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way | |
1616 filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so | |
1617 that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1618 Emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim, |
69643 | 1619 invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can |
62043 | 1620 be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'. |
1621 | |
1622 ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program | |
1623 source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details. | |
1624 | |
1625 ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for | |
1626 the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric | |
1627 keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked | |
1628 +, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad | |
1629 package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys. | |
1630 | |
1631 By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup', | |
1632 `keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by | |
1633 using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and | |
1634 the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four | |
1635 possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and | |
1636 the NumLock toggle state (off/on). | |
1637 | |
1638 The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are: | |
1639 `Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits, | |
1640 `Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the | |
1641 decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization), | |
1642 `Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args | |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
1643 for Emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys' |
62043 | 1644 where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and |
1645 `Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.) | |
1646 are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global | |
1647 or local keymaps. | |
1648 | |
74545 | 1649 ** Emacs' keyboard macro facilities have been enhanced by the new |
1650 kmacro package. | |
1651 | |
1652 Keyboard macros are now defined and executed via the F3 and F4 keys: | |
62043 | 1653 F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes |
1654 the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value | |
1655 which automatically increments every time the macro is executed. | |
1656 | |
1657 There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently | |
1658 defined macros. | |
1659 | |
1660 The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which | |
1661 defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring, | |
1662 C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e, | |
1663 manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c, | |
1664 C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el | |
1665 for more commands. | |
1666 | |
74545 | 1667 The original macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e are still |
1668 available, but they now interface to the keyboard macro ring too. | |
62043 | 1669 |
1670 The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro | |
1671 before calling it, if used while defining a macro. | |
1672 | |
1673 In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can | |
1674 be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize | |
64990 | 1675 this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and |
62043 | 1676 kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg. |
1677 | |
1678 Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively. | |
1679 C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence | |
1680 at a time, prompting for the actions to take. | |
1681 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1682 ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1683 When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1684 restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1685 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1686 ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1687 buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc... |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
62043 | 1689 ** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text |
1690 files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines' | |
1691 mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines, | |
1692 which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or | |
1693 copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc. By default, Longlines | |
1694 mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior | |
1695 referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is | |
1696 similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap | |
1697 feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil. | |
1698 | |
1699 ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1700 | |
1701 If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in | |
1702 the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced | |
1703 with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through | |
1704 ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript | |
1705 printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by | |
1706 `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information. | |
1707 | |
1708 ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you | |
1709 move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer. | |
1710 It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts | |
1711 of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ... | |
1712 | |
1713 There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers. | |
1714 | |
1715 ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an | |
1716 "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually | |
1717 change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' | |
1718 settings. | |
1719 | |
1720 ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing | |
1721 spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command | |
1722 letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers | |
1723 viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values. | |
1724 | |
1725 ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default) | |
1726 shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line. | |
1727 | |
1728 ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded | |
1729 `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting | |
1730 these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG | |
1731 table editing available in modern word processors. The package also | |
1732 can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such | |
1733 as latex and html from the visually laid out text table. | |
1734 | |
77415
d39a6250b38d
tumme.el is now image-dired.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77394
diff
changeset
|
1735 ** The image-dired.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1736 other ways manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as |
77415
d39a6250b38d
tumme.el is now image-dired.el
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77394
diff
changeset
|
1737 the main interface. Image-Dired provides functionality to generate |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1738 simple image galleries. |
62043 | 1739 |
1740 ** Tramp is now part of the distribution. | |
1741 | |
1742 This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote | |
1743 files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host, | |
1744 Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used | |
1745 for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for | |
1746 the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called | |
1747 `inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell | |
1748 connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods | |
1749 (which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or | |
1750 `rsync' to do the copying). | |
1751 | |
1752 Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also | |
1753 `su' and `sudo'. Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method. | |
1754 | |
1755 If you want to disable Tramp you should set | |
1756 | |
1757 (setq tramp-default-method "ftp") | |
1758 | |
68338
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1759 Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x |
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1760 tramp-unload-tramp. |
e859705d4b05
* etc/NEWS: tramp can be removed by M-x tramp-unload-tramp.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
68239
diff
changeset
|
1761 |
62043 | 1762 ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs. |
1763 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1764 ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1765 configuration files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1766 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1767 ** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1768 varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1769 var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1770 section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1771 .config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1772 recognized. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1773 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1774 ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1775 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
1776 ** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1778 ** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1779 This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. |
65035
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1780 |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1781 ** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1782 for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1783 paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1784 instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window |
126c81827d58
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64990
diff
changeset
|
1785 boundaries during scrolling. |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1786 |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1787 ** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
1788 events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated |
75187 | 1789 for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. |
62043 | 1790 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
1791 * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1: |
62043 | 1792 |
74942
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1793 ** Changes in Shell Mode |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1794 |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1795 *** Shell output normally scrolls so that the input line is at the |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1796 bottom of the window -- thus showing the maximum possible text. (This |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1797 is similar to the way sequential output to a terminal works.) |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
1798 |
68736
c148e236989d
Keybindings for Tumme in Dired.
Mathias Dahl <mathias.dahl@gmail.com>
parents:
68640
diff
changeset
|
1799 ** Changes in Dired |
69643 | 1800 |
77416
f373262c10e2
*** Bindings for Image-Dired added
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77415
diff
changeset
|
1801 *** Bindings for Image-Dired added |
68736
c148e236989d
Keybindings for Tumme in Dired.
Mathias Dahl <mathias.dahl@gmail.com>
parents:
68640
diff
changeset
|
1802 Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been |
77416
f373262c10e2
*** Bindings for Image-Dired added
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77415
diff
changeset
|
1803 added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Image-Dired. As a |
77394
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1804 starting point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d |
00feafb6aed4
Rename "tumme" to "thumbnails".
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77350
diff
changeset
|
1805 to display thumbnails of them in a separate buffer. |
69643 | 1806 |
1807 ** Changes in Hi Lock | |
67477
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1808 |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1809 *** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1810 `global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1811 hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1812 warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead. However, |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1813 if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil, |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1814 using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1815 buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1816 behavior in older versions of Emacs). |
e4e7224e3873
hi-lock-mode is now buffer local, use global-hi-lock-mode instead.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67397
diff
changeset
|
1817 |
66241 | 1818 ** Changes in Allout |
1819 | |
72919 | 1820 *** Some previously rough topic-header format edge cases are reconciled. |
1821 Level 1 topics use the mode's comment format, and lines starting with the | |
1822 asterisk - for instance, the comment close of some languages (eg, c's "*/" | |
1823 or mathematica's "*)") - at the beginning of line are no longer are | |
1824 interpreted as level 1 topics in those modes. | |
1825 | |
77138 | 1826 *** Many or most commonly occurring "accidental" topics are disqualified. |
72919 | 1827 Text in item bodies that looks like a low-depth topic is no longer mistaken |
1828 for one unless its first offspring (or that of its next sibling with | |
1829 offspring) is only one level deeper. | |
1830 | |
1831 For example, pasting some text with a bunch of leading asterisks into a | |
1832 topic that's followed by a level 3 or deeper topic will not cause the | |
1833 pasted text to be mistaken for outline structure. | |
1834 | |
1835 The same constraint is applied to any level 2 or 3 topics. | |
1836 | |
1837 This settles an old issue where typed or pasted text needed to be carefully | |
1838 reviewed, and sometimes doctored, to avoid accidentally disrupting the | |
1839 outline structure. Now that should be generally unnecessary, as the most | |
1840 prone-to-occur accidents are disqualified. | |
1841 | |
1842 *** Allout now refuses to create "containment discontinuities", where a | |
1843 topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its container. On the | |
1844 other hand, allout now operates gracefully with existing containment | |
1845 discontinuities, revealing excessively contained topics rather than either | |
1846 leaving them hidden or raising an error. | |
1847 | |
66241 | 1848 *** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and |
1849 decryption. Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and | |
68955 | 1850 clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric |
66241 | 1851 and/or public key modes. Time-limited key caching, user-provided |
1852 symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of | |
1853 pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in | |
72369 | 1854 powerful ways. Encryption behavior customization is collected in the |
1855 allout-encryption customization group. | |
66241 | 1856 |
72919 | 1857 *** Navigation within an item is easier. Repeated beginning-of-line and |
73020 | 1858 end-of-line key commands (usually, ^A and ^E) cycle through the |
72919 | 1859 beginning/end-of-line and then beginning/end of topic, etc. See new |
1860 customization vars `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' and | |
1861 `allout-end-of-line-cycles'. | |
1862 | |
1863 *** New or revised allout-mode activity hooks enable creation of | |
1864 cooperative enhancements to allout mode without changes to the mode, | |
1865 itself. | |
1866 | |
1867 See `allout-exposure-change-hook', `allout-structure-added-hook', | |
1868 `allout-structure-deleted-hook', and `allout-structure-shifted-hook'. | |
1869 | |
1870 `allout-exposure-change-hook' replaces the existing | |
1871 `allout-view-change-hook', which is being deprecated. Both are still | |
1872 invoked, but `allout-view-change-hook' will eventually be ignored. | |
1873 `allout-exposure-change-hook' is called with explicit arguments detailing | |
1874 the specifics of each change (as are the other new hooks), making it easier | |
1875 to use than the old version. | |
1876 | |
1877 There is a new mode deactivation hook, `allout-mode-deactivate-hook', for | |
1878 coordinating with deactivation of allout-mode. Both that and the mode | |
1879 activation hook, `allout-mode-hook' are now run after the `allout-mode' | |
1880 variable is changed, rather than before. | |
1881 | |
1882 *** Default command prefix was changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to | |
1883 avoid intruding on user's keybinding space. Customize the | |
68955 | 1884 `allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference. |
1885 | |
72919 | 1886 *** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property for concealed text, |
1887 instead of selective-display. This simplifies the code, in particular | |
1888 avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, discretionary | |
1889 handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc. | |
1890 | |
1891 *** There are many other fixes and refinements, including: | |
1892 | |
1893 - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text, without | |
1894 inhibiting undo; we now reveal undo changes within concealed text. | |
71895 | 1895 - auto-fill-mode is now left inactive when allout-mode starts, if it |
1896 already was inactive. also, `allout-inhibit-auto-fill' custom | |
1897 configuration variable makes it easy to disable auto fill in allout | |
1898 outlines in general or on a per-buffer basis. | |
72369 | 1899 - allout now tolerates fielded text in outlines without disruption. |
1900 - hot-spot navigation now is modularized with a new function, | |
72919 | 1901 `allout-hotspot-key-handler', enabling easier use and enhancement of |
1902 the functionality in allout addons. | |
72369 | 1903 - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts |
68955 | 1904 - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the |
1905 default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics | |
71895 | 1906 - mode deactivation now does cleans up effectively, more properly |
1907 restoring affected variables and hooks to former state, removing | |
72369 | 1908 overlays, etc. see `allout-add-resumptions' and |
1909 `allout-do-resumptions', which replace the old `allout-resumptions'. | |
71895 | 1910 - included a few unit-tests for interior functionality. developers can |
1911 have them automatically run at the end of module load by customizing | |
1912 the option `allout-run-unit-tests-on-load'. | |
72919 | 1913 - many, many other, more minor tweaks, fixes, and refinements. |
68955 | 1914 - version number incremented to 2.2 |
66241 | 1915 |
77298 | 1916 ** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' is renamed |
65430
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1917 to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1918 variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1919 automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1920 at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt. |
492c26176ce9
Document changes in woman.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
65351
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
64747
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1922 ** Changes to cmuscheme |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1923 |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1924 *** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1925 evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running. |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1926 |
74450
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1927 *** If the file ~/.emacs_NAME or ~/.emacs.d/init_NAME.scm (where NAME |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1928 is the name of the Scheme interpreter) exists, its contents are sent |
dc2d02a90d3d
(Changes to cmuscheme): Mention the alternative for `~/.emacs_SCHEMEPROG'
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
74355
diff
changeset
|
1929 to the Scheme subprocess upon startup. |
64747
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1930 |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1931 *** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1932 procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1933 (`scheme-expand-current-form'). The commands actually sent to the Scheme |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1934 subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command', |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1935 `scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'. |
a6b6f7ca07c5
Mention changes in cmuscheme.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64733
diff
changeset
|
1936 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1937 ** Changes in Makefile mode |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1938 |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1939 *** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake. |
68239
e08826f8b714
Added makefile-imake-mode.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
68219
diff
changeset
|
1940 |
e08826f8b714
Added makefile-imake-mode.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
68219
diff
changeset
|
1941 The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three |
62354 | 1942 are new. Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable |
1943 faces. | |
1944 | |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1945 *** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1946 to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1947 available as alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
1948 |
62354 | 1949 ** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top |
62187 | 1950 of the file that precede the first header line. |
1951 | |
1952 ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet. | |
1953 | |
62354 | 1954 ** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can |
62187 | 1955 run most curses applications now. |
1956 | |
62354 | 1957 ** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode. |
1958 | |
70337
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1959 ** Diff mode key bindings changed. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1960 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1961 These are the new bindings: |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1962 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1963 C-c C-e diff-ediff-patch (old M-A) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1964 C-c C-n diff-restrict-view (old M-r) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1965 C-c C-r diff-reverse-direction (old M-R) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1966 C-c C-u diff-context->unified (old M-U) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1967 C-c C-w diff-refine-hunk (old C-c C-r) |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1968 |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1969 To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1970 In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1971 in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active. |
75313660a170
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
70274
diff
changeset
|
1972 |
62354 | 1973 ** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where |
62187 | 1974 filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of |
1975 functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility. | |
1976 | |
62354 | 1977 Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and |
1978 `fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of | |
1979 `fill-nobreak-predicate'. | |
62187 | 1980 |
1981 ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering | |
1982 with special modes such as Tar mode. | |
1983 | |
62354 | 1984 ** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now |
1985 bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an | |
1986 incompatible change. | |
1987 | |
1988 ** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'. | |
62187 | 1989 |
1990 ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to | |
1991 resync points in both windows. | |
1992 | |
1993 ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. | |
62354 | 1994 |
62187 | 1995 When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always |
1996 starts a new record regardless of when the last record is. | |
1997 | |
62043 | 1998 ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers |
1999 when Emacs visits them. | |
2000 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2001 ** Info mode changes: |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2002 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2003 *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer |
62354 | 2004 with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>"). |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
60223 | 2006 *** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes. |
62354 | 2007 |
60630 | 2008 Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error |
2009 message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through | |
2010 other nodes. When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps | |
69643 | 2011 around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option |
60630 | 2012 `Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch, |
2013 or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current | |
2014 Info node. | |
56870
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2015 |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2016 *** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S), |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2017 `Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2018 search without prompting for a new search string. |
4aafe90c2bb0
Regexp isearch can search through multiple nodes. Add Info-search-backward.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56865
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
59474 | 2020 *** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon) |
2021 moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using | |
2022 `Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last'). | |
2023 | |
56048
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2024 *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2025 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2026 *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2027 from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2028 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2029 *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2030 Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2031 possible matches. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2032 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2033 *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2034 the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2035 arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2037 *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2038 and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2039 |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2040 *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2041 references and following them calls `browse-url'. |
c11c9363b19f
Add news for Dired and Info modes.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
56042
diff
changeset
|
2042 |
54719
36b5ffc7a82b
Remove index-apropos entry.
Jesper Harder <harder@ifa.au.dk>
parents:
54715
diff
changeset
|
2043 *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default. |
62354 | 2044 |
51710
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2045 If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option |
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2046 `Info-hide-note-references' to nil. |
28e2763d0439
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
51647
diff
changeset
|
2047 |
55079
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2048 *** Images in Info pages are supported. |
62354 | 2049 |
55079
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2050 Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support. |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2051 Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2052 version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images. |
94d5cc4f2843
Add images in Info pages from Jan Nieuwenhuizen <janneke@gnu.org>.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
55073
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
54782 | 2054 *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil. |
2055 | |
62354 | 2056 *** `Info-index' offers completion. |
54782 | 2057 |
62043 | 2058 ** Lisp mode changes: |
2059 | |
62354 | 2060 *** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings. |
2061 | |
2062 *** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2063 |
62043 | 2064 *** New features in evaluation commands |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2065 |
62354 | 2066 **** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2067 the face to the value specified in the defface expression. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
62354 | 2069 **** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2070 in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2071 by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2072 function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2073 `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions. |
45657
77cb605109fc
Document --parse-stdin=FILE for Etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
45614
diff
changeset
|
2074 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2075 ** CC mode changes. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2076 |
67312 | 2077 *** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised. |
2078 The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger | |
2079 and more difficult chapters about configuration. | |
2080 | |
2081 *** Changes in Key Sequences | |
2082 **** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t. | |
2083 | |
2084 **** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d. | |
2085 This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards. | |
2086 | |
2087 **** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline. | |
2088 c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias. | |
2089 | |
2090 **** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards | |
2091 have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and | |
2092 C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively. These | |
2093 commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single | |
2094 key-sequence. [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.] | |
2095 | |
2096 **** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. | |
2097 | |
2098 **** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w. | |
2099 | |
2100 *** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor | |
2101 position(s). | |
2102 | |
2103 *** New Minor Modes | |
2104 **** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys. | |
2105 The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. Turning the | |
2106 mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for | |
2107 users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation | |
2108 disconcerting. Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an | |
2109 'l', e.g. "C/al". | |
2110 | |
2111 **** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case | |
2112 letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers. You enable this feature by C-c C-w. It can | |
2113 also be used in non-CC Mode buffers. :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO. | |
2114 | |
2115 *** New clean-ups | |
2116 | |
2117 **** `comment-close-slash'. | |
2118 With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by | |
2119 typing a slash at the start of a line. | |
2120 | |
2121 **** `c-one-liner-defun' | |
2122 This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK | |
2123 pattern/action pair) onto a single line. "Short enough" is configurable. | |
2124 | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2125 *** Font lock support. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2126 CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2127 supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2128 package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2129 locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2130 AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2131 different from the old patterns in various details for most languages. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2132 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2133 The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2134 dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2135 strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2136 declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2137 lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2138 the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2139 demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2140 therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2141 variable font-lock-maximum-decoration. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2142 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2143 Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy |
67312 | 2144 fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for |
2145 the highest font lock level (by default, it is). Fontifying a file | |
2146 with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a | |
2147 minute. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2148 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2149 **** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2150 are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2151 be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2152 locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2153 properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2154 not contain patterns for uncertain types. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2155 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2156 **** Support for documentation comments. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2157 There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2158 Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2159 language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2160 buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
67312 | 2162 Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's |
2163 Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C). (The | |
2164 last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO). This is by no means a | |
2165 complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor | |
2166 of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2168 **** Better handling of C++ templates. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2169 As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2170 now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2171 given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2172 parens. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2173 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2174 This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2175 work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2176 template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2177 recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2178 not as configurable as it ought to be. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2180 **** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2181 Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2182 The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2183 All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2184 handled correctly, also wrt indentation. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2185 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2186 *** Support for the AWK language. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2187 Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2188 based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2189 any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2190 Here is a summary: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2192 **** Indentation Engine |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2193 The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2195 AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2196 which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2197 placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2198 are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2199 definition, or structured statement. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
67312 | 2201 The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK |
2202 mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't | |
2203 be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2204 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2205 **** Font Locking |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2206 There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2207 three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2208 idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2209 the AWK language itself. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
67312 | 2211 **** Comment and Movement Commands |
2212 These commands all work for AWK buffers. The notion of "defun" has | |
2213 been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard | |
2214 "defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this | |
2215 extended definition. | |
2216 | |
2217 **** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups | |
2218 A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default | |
2219 style for AWK code. With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up | |
2220 c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2222 *** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2223 The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2224 now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2225 module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open, |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2226 composition-close, and incomposition. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2227 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2228 *** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode. |
67312 | 2229 The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward' |
2230 provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode. They are | |
2231 bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit | |
2232 of different keyboard setups. See "Changes in key sequences" above). | |
62354 | 2233 |
2234 *** Better control over `require-final-newline'. | |
2235 | |
2236 The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes | |
2237 implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines. Its value is a | |
2238 list of modes, and only those modes should do it. By default the list | |
2239 includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes. | |
2240 | |
2241 Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline' | |
2242 based on `mode-require-final-newline'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2243 |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2244 *** Format change for syntactic context elements. |
62354 | 2245 |
2246 The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax' | |
2247 and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow | |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2248 attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2249 cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2250 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2251 ((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13)) |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2252 |
63612 | 2253 is now analyzed as |
51831
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2254 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2255 ((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13)) |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2256 |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2257 In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2258 symbol. |
b1326ab47cbe
A bit more talk about an API change in CC Mode.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51828
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
67312 | 2260 This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax' |
2261 directly, and custom lineup functions if they use | |
2262 `c-syntactic-context'. However, the argument given to lineup | |
2263 functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the | |
2264 cdr. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2265 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2266 *** API changes for derived modes. |
62354 | 2267 |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2268 There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2269 derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2270 incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2271 care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2272 Mode with less risk of such problems in the future. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2273 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2274 **** New language variable system. |
67312 | 2275 These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different |
2276 languages. See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2277 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2278 **** New initialization functions. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2279 The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to |
62354 | 2280 give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and |
2281 `c-init-language-vars'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2282 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2283 *** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2284 The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2285 several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2286 now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2287 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2288 This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2289 although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2290 gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2291 where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2292 it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2294 **** New syntactic symbol substatement-label. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2295 This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2296 its substatement. E.g: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2297 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2298 if (x) |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2299 x_is_true: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2300 do_stuff(); |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2301 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2302 *** Better handling of multiline macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2304 **** Syntactic indentation inside macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2305 The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2306 syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new |
62354 | 2307 variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'. A new syntactic symbol |
2308 `cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation | |
2309 inside `#define's. | |
2310 | |
2311 **** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'. | |
2312 | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2313 Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2314 of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2315 is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2316 removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works |
62354 | 2317 much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2318 empty lines within the macro better. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2320 **** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2321 This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to |
62354 | 2322 `c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2323 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2324 **** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes. |
62354 | 2325 `c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New |
67312 | 2326 variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2327 backslashes can be moved. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2328 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2329 **** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes. |
62354 | 2330 This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'. It |
2331 affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines | |
2332 inserted in Auto-Newline mode. | |
67312 | 2333 |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2334 **** Line indentation works better inside macros. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2335 Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2336 inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2337 line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2338 indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2339 backslash) in the macro. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2341 *** indent-for-comment is more customizable. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2342 The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through |
67312 | 2343 the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'. The indentation behavior is |
2344 based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after | |
2345 #else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other | |
2346 cases (something which was hardcoded earlier). | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2347 |
62354 | 2348 *** New function `c-context-open-line'. |
2349 It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'. | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2350 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2351 *** New lineup functions |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2352 |
62354 | 2353 **** `c-lineup-string-cont' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2354 This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2355 continues. E.g: |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2356 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2357 result = prefix + "A message " |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2358 "string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2359 |
62354 | 2360 **** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2361 Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".". |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2362 |
62354 | 2363 **** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment' |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2364 Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2365 the "K&R region" between the function header and its body. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2366 |
62354 | 2367 **** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg' |
2368 Provides better indentation inside asm blocks. | |
2369 | |
2370 **** `c-lineup-argcont' | |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2371 Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2372 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2373 *** Better caching of the syntactic context. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2374 CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind) |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2375 of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2376 places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2377 improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2378 moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2379 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2380 The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2381 opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2382 only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2383 file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2384 context. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2385 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2386 *** Statements are recognized in a more robust way. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2387 Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2388 "invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2389 happen when macros are involved. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2390 |
62354 | 2391 *** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent. |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2392 It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2393 whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2394 point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2395 Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2396 line is left untouched. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2397 |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2398 *** Added toggle for syntactic indentation. |
62354 | 2399 The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle |
51715
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2400 syntactic indentation. |
6e2487a7e9ff
CC Mode 5.30 news.
Martin Stjernholm <mast@lysator.liu.se>
parents:
51711
diff
changeset
|
2401 |
64266
a634aa374675
(sh-get-indent-info): Only indent a continuation line if SPC or TAB precedes \.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64113
diff
changeset
|
2402 ** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was |
a634aa374675
(sh-get-indent-info): Only indent a continuation line if SPC or TAB precedes \.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64113
diff
changeset
|
2403 preceded by a SPC or a TAB. |
64595 | 2404 |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2405 ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. |
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2406 |
62187 | 2407 ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed |
2408 to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate | |
2409 bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as | |
2410 C-c C-i b, and so on. | |
2411 | |
62043 | 2412 ** Fortran mode changes: |
2413 | |
75187 | 2414 *** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3 |
61109 | 2415 highlighting for the old default. |
2416 | |
62043 | 2417 *** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'. |
45997 | 2418 Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use. |
2419 Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking. | |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2420 |
62043 | 2421 *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands |
61109 | 2422 `f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', |
2423 `f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block', | |
2424 `fortran-beginning-of-block'. | |
2425 | |
62354 | 2426 *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow). |
55638 | 2427 It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable |
2428 majority. | |
2429 | |
62043 | 2430 *** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change |
58483 | 2431 the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers. |
2432 | |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2433 ** Reftex mode changes |
68070 | 2434 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2435 *** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2436 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2437 The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2438 section at point or all sections in the current region, with full |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2439 support for multifile documents. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2440 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2441 The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2442 section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2443 Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2444 `reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on. The highlight in the TOC |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2445 buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window. A dedicated |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2446 frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2447 highlighted. The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2448 with the `d' key. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2449 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2450 The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2451 See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2453 Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2454 key `M-%'. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2455 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2456 The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2457 location. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2458 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2459 *** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2460 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2461 Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2462 called with a prefix argument. Related new options are |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2463 `reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2464 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2465 The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2466 with all entries referenced in the current document. The keys "e" and |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2467 "E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2468 citation selection buffer. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2469 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2470 The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2471 cursor as a default search string. |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2472 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2473 The support for chapterbib has been improved. Different chapters can |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2474 now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2475 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2476 The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography) |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2477 can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2478 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2479 Support for jurabib has been added. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2480 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2481 *** Global index matched may be verified with a user function |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2482 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2483 During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2484 See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2485 |
63842
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2486 *** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2487 |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2488 Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2489 considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2490 from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2491 `reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2492 this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2493 quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label. |
b6de5ac9c2bb
Some fixes to the RefTeX entry
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63839
diff
changeset
|
2494 |
63839
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2495 *** Miscellaneous changes |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2496 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2497 The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2498 configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2499 |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2500 RefTeX supports global incremental search. |
5cbac9cfd55c
Added entries for org.el and reftex.el.
Carsten Dominik <dominik@science.uva.nl>
parents:
63768
diff
changeset
|
2501 |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2502 ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords' |
45610
e9b72e7f6062
Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
45574
diff
changeset
|
2503 to support use of font-lock. |
e9b72e7f6062
Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
45574
diff
changeset
|
2504 |
62043 | 2505 ** HTML/SGML changes: |
2506 | |
2507 *** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2508 automatically. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2509 |
62043 | 2510 *** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2511 The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2512 When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2513 i.e., there is always a closing tag. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2514 By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2515 from the file name or buffer contents. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2516 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2517 *** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2518 `sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2519 alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
62043 | 2521 *** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2522 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2523 ** TeX modes: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2524 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2525 *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2526 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2527 *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2528 by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2529 command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2530 TeX commands to use at startup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2531 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2532 *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2533 and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2534 |
62354 | 2535 *** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2536 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2537 ** BibTeX mode: |
62354 | 2538 |
2539 *** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2540 point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
62354 | 2542 *** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates |
68070 | 2543 an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not |
2544 present. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2545 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2546 *** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2547 |
62354 | 2548 *** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2549 `crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2550 for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2551 scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2552 automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that |
62354 | 2553 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil. |
2554 | |
2555 *** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil, | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2556 use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2557 |
62354 | 2558 *** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2559 automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2560 |
62354 | 2561 *** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2562 types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2563 |
62354 | 2564 *** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2565 point according to context (bound to M-tab). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2566 |
62354 | 2567 *** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2568 locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2569 Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
62354 | 2571 *** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2572 individual fields of a BibTeX entry. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2573 |
62354 | 2574 *** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2575 of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2576 |
62354 | 2577 *** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2578 in multiple BibTeX files. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2579 |
62354 | 2580 *** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2581 of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2582 |
67575
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2583 *** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2584 bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2585 extracting the content of a BibTeX field. |
d0f7b15488df
(bibtex-expand-strings)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67477
diff
changeset
|
2586 |
69582
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2587 *** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2588 `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2589 `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and |
75187 | 2590 `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are |
69582
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2591 still available as aliases. |
0cf3bce62852
(bibtex-mode)
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
69553
diff
changeset
|
2592 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2593 ** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2594 renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2595 available as alias. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
2596 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2597 ** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2598 by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2599 and `C-c C-r'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2600 |
62043 | 2601 ** GUD changes: |
2602 | |
2603 *** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2604 counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
62043 | 2606 *** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2607 and other common debugger commands. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2608 |
62187 | 2609 *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2610 GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but |
62187 | 2611 there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2612 state of your program. It can separate the input/output of your program from |
62187 | 2613 that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of |
64449 | 2614 Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate |
62382
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2615 breakpoints. |
18df216f4b3a
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62354
diff
changeset
|
2616 |
70140
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2617 To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the |
e7260a496ebf
Mention t-mouse.el. Touch up description of gdb-ui.el.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
69947
diff
changeset
|
2618 old behaviour. |
62187 | 2619 |
62497
e4728ae2ecf8
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62457
diff
changeset
|
2620 *** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be |
62457
4e1114c69642
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62454
diff
changeset
|
2621 toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode |
4e1114c69642
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62454
diff
changeset
|
2622 `gud-tooltip-mode'. |
62187 | 2623 |
2624 *** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to | |
2625 display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is | |
2626 not executing. | |
2627 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2628 ** GUD mode improvements for jdb: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2629 |
68070 | 2630 *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information. |
2631 Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front. | |
2632 There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source | |
2633 directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and | |
2634 `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2635 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2636 *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear) |
68070 | 2637 set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack |
2638 traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish | |
2639 (gud-finish). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2640 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2641 *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb |
68070 | 2642 (Java 1.1 jdb). |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2643 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2644 *** The previous method of searching for source files has been |
68070 | 2645 preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it. |
2646 Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil. | |
2647 | |
2648 *** Added Customization Variables | |
2649 | |
2650 **** `gud-jdb-command-name'. What command line to use to invoke jdb. | |
2651 | |
2652 **** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching | |
2653 method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for | |
2654 java sources (previous method). | |
2655 | |
2656 **** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for Java | |
2657 classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath' | |
2658 is nil). | |
2659 | |
2660 *** Minor Improvements | |
2661 | |
2662 **** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS | |
62354 | 2663 instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool. For backwards |
2664 compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2665 `starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the |
62354 | 2666 `starttls' tool). |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2667 |
68070 | 2668 **** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2669 |
62043 | 2670 ** Auto-Revert changes: |
2671 | |
2672 *** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file. | |
62354 | 2673 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2674 If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2675 mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2676 displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2677 the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2678 just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This |
62187 | 2679 rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior can |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2680 be mode dependent. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2681 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2682 If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2683 then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2684 mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2685 toggles this mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2686 |
62043 | 2687 *** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2688 other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2689 revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2690 and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2691 mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2692 `revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2693 decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2694 that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2695 work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2696 |
62043 | 2697 *** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2698 Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2699 control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2700 which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2701 only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2702 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2703 ** recentf changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
68070 | 2705 The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2706 enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2707 automatic cleanup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2708 |
65745 | 2709 The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut |
2710 keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via | |
2711 the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands. | |
2712 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2713 The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2714 and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2715 keep in the recent list. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2716 |
65745 | 2717 With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can |
2718 specify functions that successively transform recent file names. For | |
2719 example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the | |
2720 same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic | |
2721 links, and the file name will be abbreviated. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2722 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2723 To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2724 replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2725 old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2726 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2727 ** Desktop package |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2728 |
62354 | 2729 *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'. |
2730 | |
2731 *** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete. | |
2732 | |
2733 Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2734 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2735 *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2736 buffer list. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2737 |
62354 | 2738 *** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers |
2739 immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is | |
2740 idle). | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2741 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2742 *** New commands: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2743 - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2744 - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2745 - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2746 it was loaded. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2747 - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2748 - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2749 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2750 *** New customizable variables: |
69643 | 2751 - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2752 killed. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2753 - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2754 - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2755 - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2756 - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2757 - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2758 should not delete. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2759 - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2760 restored lazily (when Emacs is idle). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2761 - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2762 - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2763 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2764 *** New command line option --no-desktop |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2765 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2766 *** New hooks: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2767 - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2768 - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2769 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2770 ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files. |
62353 | 2771 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2772 When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2773 include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2774 Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2775 to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2776 and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2777 feature. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2779 ** EDiff changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2780 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2781 *** When comparing directories. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2782 Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of |
75187 | 2783 directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2784 from one directory to another. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2785 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2786 *** When comparing files or buffers. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2787 Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the |
75187 | 2788 currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2789 then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2790 comparison. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2791 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2792 *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2793 backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2794 `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2795 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2796 ** Etags changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2797 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2798 *** New regular expressions features |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2799 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2800 **** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions. |
62353 | 2801 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2802 The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2803 only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2804 --regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2805 where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2806 more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2807 (single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2808 expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2809 (which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2810 span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2811 and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2812 |
62353 | 2813 **** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC. |
2814 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2815 The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2816 respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL, |
68070 | 2817 CR, TAB, VT. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2818 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2819 **** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language. |
62353 | 2820 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2821 The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2822 only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2823 particularly useful when storing regexps in a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2825 **** Regular expressions can be read from a file. |
62353 | 2826 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2827 The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2828 per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2829 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2830 *** New language parsing features |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2831 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2832 **** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file. |
62353 | 2833 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2834 Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2835 |
63612 | 2836 **** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2837 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2838 **** New language HTML. |
62353 | 2839 |
2840 Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'. Also, | |
2841 when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2842 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2843 **** In Makefiles, constants are tagged. |
62353 | 2844 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2845 If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2846 size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2847 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2848 **** New language Lua. |
62353 | 2849 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2850 All functions are tagged. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2851 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2852 **** In Perl, packages are tags. |
62353 | 2853 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2854 Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2855 as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2856 package::sub. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2857 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2858 **** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2859 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2860 **** New language PHP. |
62353 | 2861 |
2862 Functions, classes and defines are tags. If the --members option is | |
2863 specified to etags, variables are tags also. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2865 **** New default keywords for TeX. |
62353 | 2866 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2867 The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2868 renewenvironment. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2869 |
71785
526741e654b5
**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
71778
diff
changeset
|
2870 **** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef |
526741e654b5
**** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for #undef
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
71778
diff
changeset
|
2871 |
69643 | 2872 *** Honor #line directives. |
62353 | 2873 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2874 When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2875 directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2876 specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2877 created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2878 writes tags pointing to the source file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2879 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2880 *** New option --parse-stdin=FILE. |
62353 | 2881 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2882 This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2883 be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2884 reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2885 the file FILE. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2886 |
75684
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2887 *** The --members option is now the default. |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2888 |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2889 Use --no-members if you want the old default behaviour of not tagging |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2890 struct members in C, members variables in C++ and variables in PHP. |
4f39aeb27f75
(etags): Now --members is the default for etags, not for ctags yet.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents:
75590
diff
changeset
|
2891 |
75123
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2892 ** Ctags changes. |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2893 |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2894 *** Ctags now allows duplicate tags |
b4934b436020
Mention the change in ctags wrt duplicate tags.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
75006
diff
changeset
|
2895 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2896 ** VC Changes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
62353 | 2898 *** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer |
2899 (toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out. | |
2900 | |
2901 We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users | |
2902 were unhappy with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this | |
2903 behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your | |
2904 `.emacs' file: | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2905 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2906 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2907 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2908 The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2909 |
62353 | 2910 *** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that |
2911 are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC. | |
2912 | |
2913 These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they | |
2914 are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to | |
2915 specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2916 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2917 *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2918 |
62353 | 2919 *** VC-Annotate mode enhancements |
2920 | |
2921 In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2922 enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2923 to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2924 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2925 P: annotates the previous revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2926 N: annotates the next revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2927 J: annotates the revision at line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2928 A: annotates the revision previous to line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2929 D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2930 L: shows the log of the revision at line |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2931 W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2932 |
62043 | 2933 ** pcl-cvs changes: |
2934 | |
2935 *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2936 between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2937 in the repository. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2938 |
62043 | 2939 *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2940 anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed |
62353 | 2941 `checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2942 -rBASE -rHEAD. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2943 |
62353 | 2944 ** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies |
2945 `default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for | |
2946 auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/". | |
2947 | |
2948 ** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file. | |
2949 | |
2950 See the documentation of the user option | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2951 `display-time-mail-directory'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
2952 |
62187 | 2953 ** Rmail changes: |
2954 | |
2955 *** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. | |
2956 | |
64934 | 2957 *** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message, |
2958 by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in | |
2959 Rmail and Rmail summary buffers. | |
2960 | |
62187 | 2961 *** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail. |
62353 | 2962 |
62187 | 2963 This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of |
2964 mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or | |
2965 without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system | |
2966 and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be | |
2967 used instead of the native one. | |
2968 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2969 ** Gnus package |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2970 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2971 *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG |
62353 | 2972 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2973 Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2974 PGP/MIME. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2975 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2976 *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements. |
62353 | 2977 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2978 See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details. |
39552 | 2979 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2980 ** MH-E changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2981 |
73961
81aff93ddf43
Update for MH-E release 8.0.3.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
73524
diff
changeset
|
2982 Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.3. There have been major changes since |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2983 version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2984 |
62043 | 2985 ** Calendar changes: |
2986 | |
74854
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2987 *** The meanings of C-x < and C-x > have been interchanged. |
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2988 < means to scroll backward in time, and > means to scroll forward. |
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2989 |
64849
a2d841662b3d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64817
diff
changeset
|
2990 *** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll |
74854
e39a600f54c9
< and > have been switched for the Calendar.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
74790
diff
changeset
|
2991 the calendar left or right. |
64849
a2d841662b3d
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64817
diff
changeset
|
2992 |
62043 | 2993 *** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2994 convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
2995 |
73524 | 2996 *** The new package cal-html.el writes HTML files with calendar and |
2997 diary entries. | |
2998 | |
62043 | 2999 *** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3000 Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3001 `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3002 which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3003 how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3004 single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3005 day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3006 face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3007 appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3008 |
62043 | 3009 *** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a |
75187 | 3010 year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3011 count backward from the end of the year. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
62043 | 3013 *** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3014 prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3015 day of that ISO week. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3016 |
62043 | 3017 *** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3018 window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3019 |
62043 | 3020 *** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3021 optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday |
75187 | 3022 rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3023 `christian-holidays' simpler. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3024 |
62043 | 3025 *** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3026 This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3027 and `diary-header-line-format'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3028 |
62353 | 3029 *** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: |
3030 use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3031 `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing |
62353 | 3032 `appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3033 |
62043 | 3034 *** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3035 and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3036 from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3037 `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3038 formats. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
65948 | 3040 ** Speedbar changes: |
3041 | |
3042 *** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on | |
3043 the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism. | |
3044 | |
3045 *** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar | |
3046 keymap. | |
3047 | |
3048 *** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC, | |
3049 contracts or expands the line under the cursor. | |
3050 | |
3051 *** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'. | |
3052 | |
3053 *** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and | |
3054 `speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]' | |
3055 respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of | |
3056 its descendents. | |
3057 | |
3058 *** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls | |
3059 how querying is performed for file operations. A value of 'always | |
3060 means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means | |
3061 to not query before any file operations, except before a file | |
3062 deletion. | |
3063 | |
3064 *** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how | |
3065 to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar. A | |
3066 value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that | |
3067 speedbar was started from.) A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass | |
3068 that number to `other-frame'. | |
3069 | |
3070 *** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil, | |
3071 means to display tool-tips for speedbar items. | |
3072 | |
3073 *** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new | |
3074 `dframe' library. Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar | |
3075 should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of | |
3076 `speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer', | |
3077 `dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and | |
3078 `dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of | |
3079 `speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'. The variables | |
3080 `speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also | |
3081 obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead. | |
3082 | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3083 ** sql changes. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3084 |
69643 | 3085 *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3086 SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3087 buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3088 session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3089 SQL->Highlighting submenu.) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3091 The following values are supported: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3092 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3093 ansi ANSI Standard (default) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3094 db2 DB2 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3095 informix Informix |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3096 ingres Ingres |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3097 interbase Interbase |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3098 linter Linter |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3099 ms Microsoft |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3100 mysql MySQL |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3101 oracle Oracle |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3102 postgres Postgres |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3103 solid Solid |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3104 sqlite SQLite |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3105 sybase Sybase |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3106 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3107 The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3108 SQL mode indicator. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3109 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3110 The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in |
62353 | 3111 your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3112 `sql-product' to accomplish this. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3113 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3114 ANSI keywords are always highlighted. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3115 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3116 *** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3117 font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have |
62353 | 3118 all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3119 you would use the following line in your .emacs file: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3120 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3121 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3122 '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face))) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3123 |
62353 | 3124 *** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i. |
3125 | |
3126 Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3127 highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3128 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3129 *** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved. |
62353 | 3130 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3131 Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3132 sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3133 osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3134 are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3135 terminated. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3136 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3137 If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is |
62353 | 3138 called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3139 credentials to authenticate the user. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3140 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3141 *** Postgres support is enhanced. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3142 Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3143 the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3144 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3145 *** MySQL support is enhanced. |
69643 | 3146 Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3147 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3148 *** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3149 packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3150 defaults. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3151 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3152 *** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the |
62353 | 3153 appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3154 `sql-product'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3155 |
62353 | 3156 *** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3157 |
62043 | 3158 ** FFAP changes: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3159 |
62353 | 3160 *** New ffap commands and keybindings: |
3161 | |
3162 C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'), | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3163 C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3164 C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'), |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3165 C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame'). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3166 |
62353 | 3167 *** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. |
3168 | |
3169 C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS | |
3170 argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'. | |
3171 | |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3172 ** Changes in Skeleton |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3173 |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3174 *** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction. |
62353 | 3175 |
3176 `@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer | |
3177 sets `skeleton-point'. Skeletons which used @ to mark | |
3178 `skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead. The | |
3179 updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along | |
3180 with other details of skeleton construction. | |
56317 | 3181 |
70833
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3182 *** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3183 `skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3184 `skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3185 `skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3186 as aliases. |
ea33fa838697
*** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been
Roland Winkler <Roland.Winkler@physik.uni-erlangen.de>
parents:
70820
diff
changeset
|
3187 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3188 ** Hideshow mode changes |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3189 |
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3190 *** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay |
59088
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3191 used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3192 handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3193 temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation. |
ebbf26327c31
Mention new var `hs-set-up-overlay'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
59060
diff
changeset
|
3194 |
65543
27612d890a6c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65514
diff
changeset
|
3195 *** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does |
65503
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3196 not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent |
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3197 block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil. |
e1161bdd6143
Mention new user var `hs-allow-nesting'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
65430
diff
changeset
|
3198 |
62353 | 3199 ** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3200 to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3201 changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3202 |
62353 | 3203 ** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3204 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3205 ** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3206 and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if |
62353 | 3207 you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3208 annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3209 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3210 ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3211 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3212 Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with |
62353 | 3213 `ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF |
3214 fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3215 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3216 ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3217 This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3218 the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3219 using strokes as an input method. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3220 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3221 ** Emacs server changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3222 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3223 *** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3224 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3225 % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start & |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3226 % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start & |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3227 % emacsclient -s foo file1 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3228 % emacsclient -s bar file2 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3229 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3230 *** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
3231 `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3232 expression and to use the given display when visiting files. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3233 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3234 *** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3235 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3236 ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3237 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3238 ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. |
62353 | 3239 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3240 M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no |
62353 | 3241 argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores |
3242 the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3243 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3244 ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3245 `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3246 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3247 ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed. |
62353 | 3248 |
3249 Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to | |
3250 use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in | |
3251 inverse-video. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3252 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3253 ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3254 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3255 `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3256 default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3257 automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3258 |
64096
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3259 ** battery.el changes: |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3260 |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3261 *** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery. |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3262 |
2e276bd5cd33
Mention OS X support for battery.el.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents:
63863
diff
changeset
|
3263 *** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X. |
62353 | 3264 |
3265 ** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode. | |
3266 | |
3267 To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a | |
3268 separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see | |
69643 | 3269 byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the |
62353 | 3270 variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3271 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3272 ** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3273 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3274 ** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3275 |
72351
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
3276 ** zone-mode.el is now obsolete. Use dns-mode.el instead. |
cf36b1a9d6b7
Mention that zone-mode.el is now obsolete.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
72251
diff
changeset
|
3277 |
62353 | 3278 ** cplus-md.el has been deleted. |
71008
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3279 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3280 ** Ewoc changes |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3281 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3282 *** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3283 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3284 *** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3285 a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3286 This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3287 effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3288 anything for those nodes. |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3289 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3290 For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically: |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3291 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3292 ;; NOSEP nil |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3293 (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data))) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3294 (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n") |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3295 |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3296 ;; NOSEP t |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3297 (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data))) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3298 (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t) |
ec0ff7478c19
Rewrite Ewoc entry and move
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
71004
diff
changeset
|
3299 |
71601
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3300 ** Locate changes |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3301 |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3302 *** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3303 `locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3304 database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3305 you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3306 `locate-update-when-revert' to t. |
c7218dbd298e
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
71570
diff
changeset
|
3307 |
52902 | 3308 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3309 * Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems |
62043 | 3310 |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3311 ** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile. |
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3312 |
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3313 If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME |
64360
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3314 environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3315 using C:/ as the default HOME. But if you are installing Emacs afresh, |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3316 the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar |
64360
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3317 localized name) subdirectory of your user profile. A typical location |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3318 of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data", |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3319 where USERNAME is your user name. |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3320 |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3321 This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3322 shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be |
0221abec4702
Clarify the location of $HOME on w32.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64355
diff
changeset
|
3323 read-only on computers that are administered by someone else. |
64354
f5718c40311a
Default HOME on MS Windows has changed.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64266
diff
changeset
|
3324 |
62043 | 3325 ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows. |
62353 | 3326 |
62043 | 3327 You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any |
3328 existing values. For example: | |
3329 | |
3330 emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20" | |
3331 | |
3332 will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background, | |
3333 irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry. | |
3334 | |
3335 ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. | |
62353 | 3336 |
75590
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3337 This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track the |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3338 cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs. |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3339 When such a program is in use, the system caret is made visible |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3340 instead of Emacs drawing its own cursor. This seems to be required by |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3341 some programs. The new variable w32-use-visible-system-caret allows |
a61de5ffbe57
Expand section about Windows system caret changes.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
75440
diff
changeset
|
3342 the caret visibility to be manually toggled. |
62043 | 3343 |
3344 ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3345 |
62043 | 3346 See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. |
3347 | |
3348 ** Images are now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3349 |
75187 | 3350 PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats |
62043 | 3351 depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported |
3352 to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at | |
3353 http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on | |
3354 zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled | |
3355 against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL. | |
3356 | |
3357 ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3358 |
62043 | 3359 WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such |
3360 as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of | |
3361 Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level | |
3362 sound support for those formats. | |
3363 | |
3364 ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3365 |
62043 | 3366 The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer. |
3367 | |
3368 ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. | |
62353 | 3369 |
62043 | 3370 The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls |
3371 whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or | |
3372 pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. | |
3373 | |
3374 ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows. | |
62353 | 3375 |
62043 | 3376 The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much |
3377 the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these | |
3378 colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the | |
3379 default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses | |
3380 some of them to initialize some of the default faces. | |
3381 `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case | |
3382 you wish to use them in other faces. | |
3383 | |
3384 ** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations. | |
62353 | 3385 |
62043 | 3386 Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share |
75187 | 3387 multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of |
62043 | 3388 MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so |
3389 the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without | |
3390 any customizations. | |
3391 | |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3392 ** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size. |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3393 |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3394 Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3395 through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in |
75187 | 3396 a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of |
69643 | 3397 w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console |
75187 | 3398 windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this |
3399 setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects | |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3400 that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and |
75187 | 3401 defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size |
64113
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3402 other than 80x25, you can still manually set |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3403 w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t. |
247cbeeeba2a
Add note about change to default value of w32-use-full-screen-buffer.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
64096
diff
changeset
|
3404 |
62353 | 3405 ** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script. |
3406 | |
3407 ** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants | |
62043 | 3408 `kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and |
3409 `kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete. | |
67098
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3410 |
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3411 ** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use |
8eabc94541ad
The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
67055
diff
changeset
|
3412 `mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead. |
39552 | 3413 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
3414 * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3415 |
74942
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3416 ** The `read-file-name' function now returns a null string if the |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3417 user just types RET. |
a43c76e18f3b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74854
diff
changeset
|
3418 |
72221
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3419 ** The function find-operation-coding-system may be called with a cons |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3420 (FILENAME . BUFFER) in the second argument if the first argument |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3421 OPERATION is `insert-file-contents', and thus a function registered in |
81868132a889
(find-operation-coding-system): Describe the more detail of
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
72184
diff
changeset
|
3422 `file-coding-system-alist' is also called with such an argument. |
70949
b7bf7b5a50ea
(find-operation-coding-system): Mention the new argument
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
70935
diff
changeset
|
3423 |
62563
49570fafcade
Reclassify item. Update copyright year.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62497
diff
changeset
|
3424 ** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have |
76248 | 3425 been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead. |
62563
49570fafcade
Reclassify item. Update copyright year.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62497
diff
changeset
|
3426 |
59607
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3427 ** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3428 the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3429 `substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3430 `undefined'.) |
18462b0e2a00
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
59606
diff
changeset
|
3431 |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3432 ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the |
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3433 :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose |
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3434 `risky-local-variable' property is nil. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3435 |
69762
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3436 The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments: |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3437 |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3438 (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial) |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3439 |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3440 Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3441 argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3442 deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input. |
c2cba0859894
Mention incompatible change in comint-send-input.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
69643
diff
changeset
|
3443 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3444 ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. |
66540
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3445 |
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3446 ** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until |
7b888ab5ef0b
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66514
diff
changeset
|
3447 there is no longer a shortage of memory. |
70820
d0c27da52401
Add entry for ewoc change.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
70805
diff
changeset
|
3448 |
71732
c8ed266edc5e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71611
diff
changeset
|
3449 ** When Emacs receives a USR1 or USR2 signal, this generates |
74753 | 3450 input events: sigusr1 or sigusr2. Use special-event-map to |
3451 handle these events. | |
3452 | |
74782 | 3453 ** A hex or octal escape in a string constant forces the string to |
3454 be multibyte or unibyte, respectively. | |
3455 | |
75876 | 3456 ** The explicit method of creating a display table element by |
3457 combining a face number and a character code into a numeric | |
3458 glyph code is deprecated. | |
3459 | |
3460 Instead, the new functions `make-glyph-code', `glyph-char', and | |
3461 `glyph-face' must be used to create and decode glyph codes in | |
3462 display tables. | |
3463 | |
59356
bbe94a7411bf
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59323
diff
changeset
|
3464 |
59996
aac0a33f5772
Change release version from 21.4 to 22.1 throughout.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59954
diff
changeset
|
3465 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
54236
418982e727f9
Add overlay-arrow-variable-list variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54194
diff
changeset
|
3466 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3467 ** General Lisp changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3468 |
64954
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3469 *** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently. |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3470 The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3471 negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25. |
cef86e3d06ae
(Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1, General Lisp changes):
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64934
diff
changeset
|
3472 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3473 *** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
73032 | 3475 *** The new function `memql' is like `memq', but uses `eql' for comparison, |
3476 that is, floats are compared by value and other elements with `eq'. | |
3477 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3478 *** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3479 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3480 *** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3481 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3482 If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3483 list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3484 Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3485 |
63397 | 3486 *** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but |
63473
7124ec94d01e
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
63397
diff
changeset
|
3487 associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list. |
63397 | 3488 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3489 *** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3490 |
69422
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
3491 It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3492 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3493 *** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3494 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3495 It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3496 occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3497 first one. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3498 |
70434 | 3499 *** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list. |
3500 | |
3501 Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their | |
3502 history lists. | |
3503 | |
70515 | 3504 If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of |
3505 the new element from the history list it updates. | |
3506 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3507 *** New function `rassq-delete-all'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3508 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3509 (rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3510 CDR is `eq' to the specified value. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3511 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3512 *** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3513 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3514 For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3515 default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3516 separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3517 (1.5 3.5 5.5). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3518 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3519 *** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3520 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3521 They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3522 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3523 *** Minor change in the function `format'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3524 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3525 Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3526 longer accepted. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3527 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3528 *** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3529 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3530 They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3531 cyclic. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3532 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3533 *** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3534 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3535 They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3536 the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3537 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3538 *** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3539 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3540 When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3541 numbering scheme for circular structure references. This is only |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3542 relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3543 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3544 When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3545 also bind `print-number-table' to nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3546 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3547 *** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3548 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3549 It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3550 One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3551 if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3552 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3553 *** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3554 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3555 When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3556 angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3557 equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3558 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3559 *** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3560 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3561 You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3562 formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3563 specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3564 names. Usually that default is right, but not always. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3565 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3566 *** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3567 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3568 A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3569 `with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once |
69643 | 3570 the code that has inhibited quitting exits. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3571 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3572 This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3573 inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3574 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3575 *** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3576 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3577 This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
76945
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3579 *** New macro `with-case-table' |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3580 |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3581 This executes the body with the case table temporarily set to a given |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3582 case table. |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
3583 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3584 *** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3585 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3586 It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3587 dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe |
68070 | 3588 (calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.). |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
66308
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3590 *** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3591 evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup, |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3592 it evaluates those expressions immediately. |
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3593 |
66825 | 3594 This is useful in packages that can be preloaded. |
66308
cd1db33ab0d9
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66251
diff
changeset
|
3595 |
62959
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3596 *** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP. |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3597 |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3598 If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp. |
90329069eb0f
Document new argument of `list-faces-display'.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
62896
diff
changeset
|
3599 |
70274
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3600 *** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'. |
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3601 |
cdbf1a359e67
Add `booleanp'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
70263
diff
changeset
|
3602 `string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil. |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3603 `booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is t or nil. |
69844 | 3604 |
71950
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3605 *** New hook `command-error-function'. |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3606 |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3607 By setting this variable to a function, you can control |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3608 how the editor command loop shows the user an error message. |
ad94c37a2dfc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71907
diff
changeset
|
3609 |
77419 | 3610 *** `debug-on-entry' accepts primitive functions that are not special forms. |
76613
a2265e554779
*** empty log message ***
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
76563
diff
changeset
|
3611 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3612 ** Lisp code indentation features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3613 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3614 *** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3615 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3616 These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3617 and how to debug them with Edebug. You write them like this: |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3618 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3619 (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3620 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3621 DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3622 possible declaration specifiers are: |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3623 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3624 (indent INDENT) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3625 Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3626 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3627 (edebug DEBUG) |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3628 Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3629 equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3630 but this is cleaner.) |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3631 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3632 *** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3633 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3634 See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3635 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3636 *** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3637 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3638 The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3639 `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3640 be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3641 forms. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3642 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3643 ** Variable aliases: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3644 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3645 *** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING] |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3646 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3647 This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3648 symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3649 returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3650 changes the value of BASE-VAR. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3651 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3652 DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3653 the same documentation as BASE-VAR. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3654 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3655 *** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3656 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3657 This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3658 of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3659 defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3660 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3661 It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3662 variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3664 *** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3665 `make-obsolete-variable'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3666 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3667 ** defcustom changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
69924
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3669 *** The package-version keyword has been added to provide |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3670 `customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future. |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3671 Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3672 variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'. |
b65913621fc8
Add package-version keyword to `defcustom' and mention associated
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69847
diff
changeset
|
3673 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3674 *** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3675 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3676 ** String changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3677 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3678 *** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3679 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3680 Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3681 character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3682 modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3683 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3684 *** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3685 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3686 *** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3687 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3688 *** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3689 the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3690 SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3691 nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3692 empty matches are omitted from the returned list. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3693 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3694 *** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3695 multibyte string with the same individual character codes. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3696 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3697 *** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3698 text properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3700 *** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3701 `assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3702 been declared obsolete. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
71297 | 3704 *** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex. |
3705 Use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, | |
3706 or "\U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL | |
3707 ALPHA (the latter is greater than #xFFFF and thus needs the longer | |
3708 syntax). Also available for characters. | |
3709 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3710 ** Displaying warnings to the user. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3711 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3712 See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3713 If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3714 facility is much better than using `message', since it displays |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3715 warnings in a separate window. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3716 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3717 ** Progress reporters. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3719 These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3720 progress messages for the user. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3722 See the new functions `make-progress-reporter', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3723 `progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update', |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3724 `progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3725 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3726 ** Buffer positions: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3727 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3728 *** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3729 width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3730 the usable window height and width is used. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3732 *** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3733 modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3734 taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3735 large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3736 `auto-window-vscroll' to nil. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3738 *** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3739 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3740 It defaults to 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3742 *** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3743 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3744 It defaults to 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3745 |
68070 | 3746 *** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3747 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3748 This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3749 functionality. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3750 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3751 *** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3752 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3753 It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3754 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3755 *** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3756 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3757 This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3758 give up and return LIMIT. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3759 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3760 *** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates |
69643 | 3761 and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3762 arg is non-nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3763 |
73020 | 3764 *** New function `window-line-height' is an efficient way to get |
3765 information about a specific text line in a window provided that the | |
3766 window's display is up-to-date. | |
3767 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3768 *** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3769 click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3770 position or for a given window pixel coordinate. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3771 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3772 ** Text modification: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3773 |
72597
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3774 *** The new function `buffer-chars-modified-tick' returns a buffer's |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3775 tick counter for changes to characters. Each time text in that buffer |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3776 is inserted or deleted, the character-change counter is updated to the |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3777 tick counter (`buffer-modified-tick'). Text property changes leave it |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3778 unchanged. |
63df36f810bc
Document `buffer-chars-modified-tick'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72507
diff
changeset
|
3779 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3780 *** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3781 removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3782 and handles the `yank-handler' text property. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3783 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3784 *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3785 `insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3786 in `insert-buffer-substring'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3787 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3788 *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3789 `insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3790 inserted substring. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3791 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3792 *** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3793 substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3794 the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3795 `delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3796 data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3798 The list of filter function is specified by the new variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3799 `buffer-substring-filters'. For example, Longlines mode adds to |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3800 `buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3801 text. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3802 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3803 *** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3804 argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3805 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3806 *** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3807 is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3808 be inserted is translated through it. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3809 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3810 *** Text clones. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3811 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3812 The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3813 that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3814 clone to the other. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3815 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3816 *** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
63318
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3818 ** Filling changes. |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3819 |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3820 *** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3821 `adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3822 `adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it. |
edb44e017844
Mention that adaptive-fill-function is now used before adaptive-fill-regexp,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
63154
diff
changeset
|
3823 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3824 ** Atomic change groups. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3825 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3826 To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3827 they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3828 around the code that makes changes. For instance: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3829 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3830 (atomic-change-group |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3831 (insert foo) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3832 (delete-region x y)) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3833 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3834 If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3835 `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3836 were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3837 on any other buffers--any such changes remain. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3838 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3839 If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3840 lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3841 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3842 To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3843 Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3844 This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3845 the handle to activate the change group and then finish it. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3846 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3847 Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3848 group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3849 do this. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3850 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3851 After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3852 either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3853 `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final; |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3854 call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3855 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3856 You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3857 finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3858 `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3859 (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3860 `activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3861 group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3862 twice. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3863 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3864 To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3865 for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3866 returned values, like this: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3867 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3868 (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3869 (prepare-change-group buffer-2)) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3870 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3871 You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3872 to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3873 `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3874 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3875 Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3876 would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3877 will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3878 change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3879 finished. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
3880 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3881 ** Buffer-related changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3882 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3883 *** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3884 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3885 If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3886 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3887 *** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3888 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3889 *** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3890 binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3891 have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3892 value of VARIABLE instead. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3893 |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3894 *** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3895 various status records in parallel. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3896 |
68070 | 3897 It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument. If the variable is non-nil, |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3898 then its value should be a vector installed previously by |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3899 `frame-or-buffer-changed-p'. If the frame names, buffer names, buffer |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3900 order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3901 time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3902 `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t. Otherwise |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3903 it returns nil. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3904 |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3905 On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3906 value should be nil. `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3907 vector into the variable and returns t. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3908 |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3909 If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses, |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3910 for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3911 purpose. |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
3912 |
65756
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3913 *** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3914 the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3915 prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3916 in DEF before the terminal colon and space. |
05dee0d6371d
Mention changes to `read-buffer'.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65745
diff
changeset
|
3917 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3918 ** Searching and matching changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3919 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3920 *** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3921 the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3922 back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3924 *** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3925 for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3926 regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3927 expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3928 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3929 Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3930 `*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3931 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3932 *** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3933 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3934 These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3935 non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3936 specified by the syntax table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3937 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3938 *** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-start' and `symbol-end' elements. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3939 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3940 *** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3941 character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3942 characters and ranges. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3944 *** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3945 properties from surrounding text. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3946 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3947 *** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3948 element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3949 accepts such a list for restoring the match state. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3950 |
63154 | 3951 *** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional |
3952 argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list | |
68070 | 3953 passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere. |
63154 | 3954 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3955 *** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3956 variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3957 that end a sentence without following spaces. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3958 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3959 The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3960 variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3961 this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3962 `sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3963 `sentence-end-without-space'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3964 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3965 ** Undo changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3966 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
3967 *** `buffer-undo-list' allows programmable elements. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3968 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3969 These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3970 a symbol other than t or nil. That stands for a high-level change |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3971 that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3972 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3973 These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3974 which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3975 range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3976 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3977 *** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3978 `undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3979 it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3980 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3981 ** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3982 previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3983 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3984 The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3985 elements with the following format: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3986 (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3987 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3988 The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3989 the first character on its string argument (typically the first |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3990 element on the kill-ring). If a `yank-handler' property is found, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3991 the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3992 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3993 When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3994 to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3995 If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3996 passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3997 `yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3998 rectangle. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
3999 If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4000 `yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4001 responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4002 if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4003 If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4004 by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4005 called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4006 FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4007 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4008 *** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4009 optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4010 the killed text. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4011 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4012 *** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4013 `yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4014 `yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank'). The function |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4015 `insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4016 element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4018 *** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4019 `yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4020 string. The old behavior is available if you call |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4021 `insert-for-yank-1' instead. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4022 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4023 ** Syntax table changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4024 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4025 *** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4026 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4027 *** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4028 of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4029 of text properties as well as the character code. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4030 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4031 *** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4032 by `syntax-after'). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4033 |
69643 | 4034 *** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4035 current syntactic context at point. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4036 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4037 ** File operation changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4038 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4039 *** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4040 searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4041 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4042 *** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4043 modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4044 operation. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4045 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4046 *** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4047 non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4048 its own special methods and not directly through the file system). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4049 The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4050 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4051 *** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4052 formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4053 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4054 *** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4055 ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4056 `.emacs' are treated as extensionless. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4057 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4058 *** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4059 a list of two integers, instead of a cons. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4060 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4061 *** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4062 specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4063 many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4064 `file-chase-links' returns it anyway. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4065 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4066 *** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4067 before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final |
68070 | 4068 tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4069 sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4070 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4071 *** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4072 `save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4073 it's modified). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4074 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4075 *** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4076 `locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4077 lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4078 try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4079 of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4080 of suffixes. The function also accepts a predicate argument to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4081 further filter candidate files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4082 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4083 One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4084 `exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find |
68070 | 4085 executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4086 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4087 *** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4088 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4089 Instead of choosing the first handler that matches, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4090 `find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4091 that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4092 handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4093 of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4094 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4095 *** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4096 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4097 You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4098 symbol. The property value should be a list of the operations that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4099 the handler really handles. It won't be called for any other |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4100 operations. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4101 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4102 This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4103 autoloaded when not really necessary. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4104 |
65248
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4105 *** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file |
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4106 name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly. |
0f994edbec5e
Make `make-auto-save-file-name' a magic operation.
Michael Albinus <michael.albinus@gmx.de>
parents:
65088
diff
changeset
|
4107 |
74690
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4108 *** The function `file-name-completion' accepts an optional argument |
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4109 PREDICATE, and rejects completion candidates that don't satisfy PREDICATE. |
b021eb218ef3
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74545
diff
changeset
|
4110 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4111 ** Input changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4112 |
72140
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4113 *** The functions `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive' |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4114 have a new optional argument SECONDS. If non-nil, this specifies a |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4115 maximum time to wait for input, in seconds. If no input arrives after |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4116 this time elapses, the functions stop waiting and return nil. |
a91a11c6b1ad
New arg for `read-event', `read-char', and `read-char-exclusive'
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72074
diff
changeset
|
4117 |
74691
28bd0d421b0c
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
74690
diff
changeset
|
4118 *** An interactive specification can now use the code letter `U' to get |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4119 the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4120 previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4121 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4122 *** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4123 much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted), |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4124 it returns just the directory name. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4125 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4126 *** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4127 display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4128 using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4129 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4130 *** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4131 arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4132 quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY |
64817
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
4133 finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if |
5e45020b2026
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64785
diff
changeset
|
4134 BODY was aborted by arrival of input. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4135 |
76563
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
4136 *** `recent-keys' now returns the last 300 keys. |
68ddc580d34e
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
76291
diff
changeset
|
4137 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4138 ** Minibuffer changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4139 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4140 *** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4141 buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4142 defaults to the current buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4143 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4144 *** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4145 was selected when entering the minibuffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4146 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4147 *** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which |
69643 | 4148 specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4149 new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4150 while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4151 variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4152 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4153 *** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4154 to override the built-in `read-file-name' function. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4155 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4156 *** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4157 whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4158 `read-file-name' function. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4159 |
68070 | 4160 *** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4161 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4162 It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4163 for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4164 |
71123
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4165 *** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4166 elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4167 add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4168 afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly. |
cc77c3208f2c
Add `history-add-new-input'.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
71105
diff
changeset
|
4169 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4170 ** Completion changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4171 |
67620
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4172 *** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4173 of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4174 operate on. |
b0794ecc7df6
Add minibuffer-completion-contents.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67607
diff
changeset
|
4175 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4176 *** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4177 of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4178 and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4179 exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4180 strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4181 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4182 *** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4183 as a dynamic completion table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4184 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4185 (dynamic-completion-table FUN) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4186 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4187 FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4188 and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4189 completions. This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4190 can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4191 minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4192 entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4193 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4194 *** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4195 as a lazy completion table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4196 |
67817
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4197 (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN) |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4198 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4199 If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR |
67817
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4200 as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4201 arguments. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4202 If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer |
b240a2550f91
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
67620
diff
changeset
|
4203 from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4204 `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4205 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4206 ** Enhancements to keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4207 |
67261
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4208 *** New keymaps for typing file names |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4209 |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4210 Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map' and |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4211 `minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4212 Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer. These key maps override |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4213 the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4214 names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4215 the spaces). |
447cbde40d64
Document changes to file-name completion in minibuffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67159
diff
changeset
|
4216 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4217 *** Cleaner way to enter key sequences. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4218 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4219 You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4220 same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4221 example, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4222 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4223 (kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f" |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4224 |
71907
3f05b471ac55
Mention that kbd macro has existed since Emacs 20.1.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71895
diff
changeset
|
4225 Actually, this format has existed since Emacs 20.1. |
3f05b471ac55
Mention that kbd macro has existed since Emacs 20.1.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71895
diff
changeset
|
4226 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4227 *** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4228 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4229 This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition' |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4230 to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4231 binding and lookup functionality. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4232 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4233 When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4234 remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4235 original command. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4236 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4237 Example: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4238 Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4239 `my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4240 bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4241 `kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4242 `kill-word'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4243 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4244 Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4245 command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4246 `my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key': |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4247 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4248 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4249 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4250 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4251 When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too. So |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4252 when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4253 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4254 Only one level of remapping is supported. In the above example, this |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4255 means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4256 runs `my-kill-line'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4257 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4258 The following changes have been made to provide command remapping: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4259 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4260 - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4261 `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4262 to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4263 another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4264 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4265 - The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4266 remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4267 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4268 - `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4269 third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4270 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4271 - `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4272 `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4273 the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4274 It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4275 remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4276 "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line'). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4277 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4278 - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4279 command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4280 command was not remapped. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4281 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4282 *** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4283 over minor mode keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4284 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4285 *** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4286 text properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4287 works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4288 |
72889
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4289 *** `key-binding' will now look up mouse-specific bindings. The |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4290 keymaps consulted by `key-binding' will get adapted if the key |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4291 sequence is started with a mouse event. Instead of letting the click |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4292 position be determined from the key sequence itself, it is also |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4293 possible to specify it with an optional argument explicitly. |
25c755416160
* NEWS: explain new behavior and arguments of `key-binding' and
David Kastrup <dak@gnu.org>
parents:
72874
diff
changeset
|
4294 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4295 *** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4297 Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4298 bindings of the parent keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4299 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4300 *** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4301 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4302 *** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4303 active keymaps. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4304 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4305 *** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4306 defined keys and their definitions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4307 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4308 *** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4309 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4310 *** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4311 in the keymap. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4312 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4313 *** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4314 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4315 Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4316 keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4317 keymap alist to this list. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
72074
91ea8d22ef60
(Fdefine_key): If the key binding definition looks like an
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72067
diff
changeset
|
4319 *** The definition of a key-binding passed to define-key can use XEmacs-style |
91ea8d22ef60
(Fdefine_key): If the key binding definition looks like an
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72067
diff
changeset
|
4320 key-sequences, such as [(control a)]. |
72452
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
4321 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4322 ** Abbrev changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4323 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4324 *** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4325 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4326 It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4327 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4328 *** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4329 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4330 If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4331 that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4332 abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4333 specify this flag. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4334 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4335 ** Enhancements to process support |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4336 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4337 *** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4338 it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4339 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4340 *** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4341 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4342 These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'. That |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4343 function is still supported, but new code should use the new |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4344 functions. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4345 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4346 *** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process |
63612 | 4347 name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4349 *** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4350 maintain process state and other per-process related information. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4351 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4352 Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add, |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4353 and modify elements on this property list. Use the new functions |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4354 `process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4355 entire property list of a process. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4356 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4357 *** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4358 JUST-THIS-ONE. If non-nil, only output from the specified process |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4359 is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4360 integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4361 recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4362 speech synthesis. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4363 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4364 *** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4365 |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4366 On some systems, when Emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4367 output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4368 very poor performance. This behavior can be remedied to some extent |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4369 by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4370 non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading |
68070 | 4371 from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4372 Emacs tries to read it. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4373 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4374 *** The new function `call-process-shell-command'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4375 |
64449 | 4376 This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4377 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4378 *** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4379 obeys file handlers. The file handler is chosen based on |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4380 `default-directory'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4381 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4382 *** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4383 if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4384 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4385 That multibyteness is decided by the value of |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4386 `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4387 you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4388 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4389 *** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4390 multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4391 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4392 *** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4393 multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4394 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4395 *** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4396 buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4397 to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4398 Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte', |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4399 which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4400 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4401 ** Enhanced networking support. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4402 |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4403 *** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
4404 It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
4405 create a stream or datagram server inside Emacs. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4406 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4407 - A server is started using :server t arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4408 - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4409 - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4410 - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg. |
68011 | 4411 - IPv6 is supported (when available). You may explicitly select IPv6 |
4412 using :family 'ipv6 arg. | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4413 - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg. |
62187 | 4414 - The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg; |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4415 a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4416 by new client processes created to handle incoming connections. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4417 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4418 To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4419 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram)) |
68011 | 4420 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6)) |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4421 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4422 *** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'. |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4423 |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4424 *** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4425 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4426 These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4427 and set the current address of the remote partner. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4428 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4429 *** New function `format-network-address'. |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4430 |
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
4431 This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4432 to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4433 number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4434 printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4435 string for other formatting options. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4436 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4437 *** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4438 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4439 Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4440 process properties or a specific property. Using :local or :remote as |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4441 the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4442 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4443 An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4444 4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4445 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4446 *** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4447 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4448 These functions stop and restart communication through a network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4449 connection. For a server process, no connections are accepted in the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4450 stopped state. For a client process, no input is received in the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4451 stopped state. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4452 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4453 *** New function `network-interface-list'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4454 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4455 This function returns a list of network interface names and their |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4456 current network addresses. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4457 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4458 *** New function `network-interface-info'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4459 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4460 This function returns the network address, hardware address, current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4461 status, and other information about a specific network interface. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4462 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4463 *** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4464 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4465 The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4466 process is "deleted". The message passed to the sentinel when the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4467 connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4468 "connection broken by remote peer". |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4469 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4470 ** Using window objects: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4471 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4472 *** New function `window-body-height'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4473 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4474 This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4475 header line. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4476 |
62063 | 4477 *** You can now make a window as short as one line. |
4478 | |
4479 A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode | |
4480 line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and | |
4481 `header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall | |
4482 cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the | |
4483 variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. | |
4484 | |
4485 *** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the | |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4486 actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4487 divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4488 the mode line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4489 |
62063 | 4490 *** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4491 return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4492 |
62063 | 4493 *** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4494 selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'. |
63768
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4495 It saves and restores the current buffer, too. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4496 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4497 *** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4498 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4499 This is like `switch-to-buffer'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4500 |
62063 | 4501 *** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4502 of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed |
63768
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4503 by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current |
79a2185587dc
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63725
diff
changeset
|
4504 buffer. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4505 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4506 *** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4507 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4508 If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4509 and scroll-bar settings. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4510 |
65957 | 4511 *** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree. |
65829 | 4512 |
66743
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4513 *** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4514 argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4515 dedicated windows. |
e0df9e6c3f65
Add `dedicated' arg to get-lru-window and get-largest-window.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
66674
diff
changeset
|
4516 |
67159
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4517 *** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right |
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4518 or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges. |
4de8eb0fda27
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67098
diff
changeset
|
4519 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4520 ** Customizable fringe bitmaps |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4521 |
69057 | 4522 *** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and |
4523 `fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator | |
4524 and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed. | |
4525 This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the | |
69643 | 4526 physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to |
69057 | 4527 be used in different windows showing different buffers. |
4528 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4529 *** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4530 fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4531 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4532 *** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4533 or restores a built-in one to its default value. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4534 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4535 *** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4536 used for a specific fringe bitmap. The face is automatically merged |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4537 with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4538 foreground color of the bitmap. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4539 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4540 *** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe', |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4541 that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4542 bitmap of the display line. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4543 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4544 Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4545 symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4546 `define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4547 for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4548 When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4549 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4550 *** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4551 bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4552 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4553 ** Other window fringe features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4554 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4555 *** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4556 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4557 The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4558 can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4559 frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4560 Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4561 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4562 The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4563 specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4564 integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly |
68070 | 4565 between the left and right fringe. To force a specific fringe width, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4566 specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4567 only the left fringe gets the specified width). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4568 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4569 Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4570 width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4571 of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4572 fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4573 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4574 *** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4575 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4576 **** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4577 position settings. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4578 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4579 To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4580 variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4581 `set-window-fringes'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4582 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4583 To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4584 are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area, |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4585 or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4586 `fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4587 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4588 The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4589 settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4590 `fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4591 displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4592 an update of the display margins. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4593 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4594 **** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4595 controlling the width and position of scroll-bars. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4596 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4597 To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4598 variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4599 `set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4600 used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4601 `scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4602 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4603 of the display margins. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4604 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4605 ** Redisplay features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4606 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4607 *** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4608 |
71778 | 4609 *** Iconifying or deiconifying a frame no longer makes sit-for return. |
4610 | |
4611 *** New function `redisplay' causes an immediate redisplay if no input is | |
4612 available, equivalent to (sit-for 0). The call (redisplay t) forces | |
4613 an immediate redisplay even if input is pending. | |
71336 | 4614 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4615 *** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4616 one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4617 contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4618 changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4619 forcing an explicit window update. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4620 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4621 *** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4622 to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4623 a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4624 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4625 Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4626 does that, this value cannot be accurate. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4627 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4628 *** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4629 variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4630 |
69643 | 4631 It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4632 markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
62187 | 4634 Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4635 and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4636 string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4637 systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4638 If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4639 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used. |
55034
785f747be775
Add image slices. Add posn-at- functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54989
diff
changeset
|
4640 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4641 *** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4642 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4643 A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay |
55304 | 4644 properties that control the height of the corresponding display row. |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4645 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4646 If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4647 contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4648 newline glyph is reduced. Also, a `line-spacing' property on this |
55363 | 4649 newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image |
4650 slices without adding blank areas between the images. | |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4651 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4652 If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value |
55168
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4653 specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line |
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4654 height it increased by increasing the line's ascent. |
792257ac0c03
Add line-height property, change line-spacing property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55130
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4656 If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4657 height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4658 the given value. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4659 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4660 If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the |
55245 | 4661 minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE. |
4662 RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face. | |
4663 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4664 If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line |
59374
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4665 height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents. |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4667 If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies |
59374
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4668 the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4669 described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4670 varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4671 exactly that many pixels high. |
f6b869bfa0ae
Fix line-height and line-spacing docs.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59363
diff
changeset
|
4672 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4673 If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value |
55245 | 4674 is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4675 overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4676 the `line-spacing' variable. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4678 If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4679 is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4681 *** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value, |
55245 | 4682 which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height. |
55034
785f747be775
Add image slices. Add posn-at- functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54989
diff
changeset
|
4683 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4684 *** Enhancements to stretch display properties |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4685 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4686 The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where |
68070 | 4687 PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height |
54450 | 4688 specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4689 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4690 The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4691 which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4692 are supported: |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4693 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4694 EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4695 NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4696 UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4697 ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4698 | scroll-bar | text |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4699 POS ::= left | center | right |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4700 FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...) |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4701 OP ::= + | - |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4702 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4703 The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4704 frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4705 pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4706 is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4707 pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4708 `height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4709 font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4710 the image. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4711 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4712 The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin', |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4713 `scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the |
54450 | 4714 corresponding area of the window. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4715 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4716 The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4717 to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4718 of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text') |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4719 can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4720 relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4721 a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of |
69643 | 4722 these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4723 the width of the area. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4724 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4725 For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4726 :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin)) |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4727 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4728 If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4729 to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4730 header line aligns with the first text column in the text area. |
54446
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4731 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4732 The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4733 the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4734 width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4735 height) of the specified image. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4736 |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4737 The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4738 The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions. |
72f91438a23b
Document new :width and :align-to features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54381
diff
changeset
|
4739 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4740 *** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4741 text property string that may be present at the current window |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4742 position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4743 strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4744 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4745 *** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4746 supported on text terminals. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4747 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4748 *** Support for displaying image slices |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4749 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4750 **** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4751 an image property to display only a specific slice of the image. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4752 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4753 **** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4754 specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4755 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4756 **** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4757 specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns). |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4758 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4759 *** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property. |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4760 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4761 An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST). |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4762 An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon: |
62187 | 4763 A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4764 pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners. |
62187 | 4765 A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center |
4766 and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer. | |
4767 A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the | |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4768 vector describes one corner in the polygon. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4769 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4770 When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4771 PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo' |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4772 property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4773 a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4774 it is over the hot-spot. See the variable `void-area-text-pointer' |
53338
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4775 for possible pointer shapes. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4776 |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4777 When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4778 an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4779 mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'. |
25ce3b9f2836
Add pointer text property. Add image maps.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53222
diff
changeset
|
4780 |
65545
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4781 *** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/. |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4782 The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4783 search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4784 in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'. |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4785 Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4786 you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4787 explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm: |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4788 |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4789 (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm"))) |
82ce0d75e8ed
New variable `image-load-path'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
65543
diff
changeset
|
4790 |
69422
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4791 Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4792 moved to etc/images. |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4793 |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4794 *** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4795 search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4796 external packages to save users from having to update |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4797 `image-load-path'. |
e48e1751c47d
Document `image-load-path-for-library'. Note that all images have been
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents:
69288
diff
changeset
|
4798 |
66210
c32a542fb0ad
Simplify max-image-size entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
66198
diff
changeset
|
4799 *** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of |
c32a542fb0ad
Simplify max-image-size entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
66198
diff
changeset
|
4800 images that Emacs will load and display. |
66198
34cdb895f63b
* NEWS: New variable `max-image-size'.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
66176
diff
changeset
|
4801 |
72681 | 4802 *** The new variable `display-mm-dimensions-alist' can be used to |
4803 override incorrect graphical display dimensions returned by functions | |
4804 `display-mm-height' and `display-mm-width'. | |
4805 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4806 ** Mouse pointer features: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4807 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4808 *** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4809 line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4810 controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4811 is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text' |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4812 (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4813 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4814 *** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4815 :pointer image property. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4816 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4817 *** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be |
69643 | 4818 controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4819 |
53147
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4820 ** Mouse event enhancements: |
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4821 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4822 *** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe' |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4823 or `right-fringe' as the area. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4824 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4825 *** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4826 you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4827 a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4828 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4829 *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events. |
53522 | 4830 |
4831 *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area. | |
4832 | |
53222 | 4833 *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means |
53147
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4834 text area). |
af9d80359323
Enhanced mouse events. Grep decoupled from compile.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53116
diff
changeset
|
4835 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4836 *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4837 and all areas. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4838 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4839 *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4840 of the mouse event position. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4841 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4842 *** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4843 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4844 *** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to |
53216
4f30a35fdb55
*** empty log message ***
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53200
diff
changeset
|
4845 the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on. |
53184
1ce6314af22e
posn-object and posn-object-x-y.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53147
diff
changeset
|
4846 |
53522 | 4847 *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object |
4848 (image or character) clicked on. | |
4849 | |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4850 *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4851 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4852 These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4853 pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4854 the total width and height of that object. |
53184
1ce6314af22e
posn-object and posn-object-x-y.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53147
diff
changeset
|
4855 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4856 ** Text property and overlay changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4857 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4858 *** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4859 remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays). |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4860 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4861 *** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4862 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4863 This variable allows you to create alternative names for text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4864 properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties', |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4865 although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4866 to implement the `font-lock-face' property. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4867 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4868 *** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4869 arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4870 return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4871 whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4872 it was found as a text property or not found at all. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4873 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4874 *** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4875 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4876 It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4877 property names as argument rather than a property list. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4878 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4879 ** Face changes |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4880 |
71570
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4881 *** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed. |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4882 Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4883 needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4884 the faces to include in the face menu. |
b2635dbb4aaf
facemenu-unlisted-faces deleted, new variable facemenu-listed-faces
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71483
diff
changeset
|
4885 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4886 *** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4887 the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4888 define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4889 look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4890 is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4891 makes a good use of the capabilities of the display. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4892 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4893 *** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4894 whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4895 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4896 A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4897 specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4898 defined with `defface'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4899 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4900 *** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4901 or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4902 `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4903 the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4904 directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4905 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4906 *** The first face specification element in a defface can specify |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4907 `default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as |
62187 | 4908 defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4909 by them). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4910 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4911 *** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4912 (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4913 '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4914 point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4915 SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4916 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4917 *** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4918 whether the given face displays differently from the default face or |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4919 not (previously it did only a very cursory check). |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4920 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4921 *** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4922 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4923 These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4924 face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4925 attribute. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4926 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4927 *** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4928 help with handling relative face attributes. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4929 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4930 *** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4931 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4932 If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4933 faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4934 releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4935 so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4936 `face' properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4937 |
65078 | 4938 *** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed |
4939 with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is | |
4940 not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground | |
4941 or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This | |
4942 was inconsistent with the face behavior under X. | |
4943 | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4944 *** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4945 the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil.. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4946 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4947 ** Font-Lock changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4948 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4949 *** New special text property `font-lock-face'. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4950 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4951 This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4952 M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4953 property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4954 new variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4955 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4956 *** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4957 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4958 **** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4959 form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4960 properties than `face'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4961 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
4962 **** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4963 extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4964 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4965 *** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4966 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4967 If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4968 (see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4969 be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4970 depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4971 is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4972 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4973 s{ |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4974 foo |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4975 }{ |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4976 bar |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4977 }e |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4978 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4979 Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4980 text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4981 property over the second half of the command to force (deferred) |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4982 refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
4983 |
72251
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4984 *** `font-lock-extend-region-functions' makes it possible to alter the way |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4985 the fontification region is chosen. This can be used to prevent rounding |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4986 up to whole lines, or to extend the region to include all related lines |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4987 of multiline constructs so that such constructs get properly recognized. |
0933613f837b
(font-lock-beg, font-lock-end, font-lock-extend-region-functions): New vars.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
72221
diff
changeset
|
4988 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4989 ** Major mode mechanism changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
4990 |
75006 | 4991 *** If new variable `auto-mode-case-fold' is set to a non-nil value, |
4992 Emacs will perform a second case-insensitive search through | |
4993 `auto-mode-alist' if the first case-sensitive search fails. | |
4994 This means that a file FILE.TXT is opened in text-mode, and a file PROG.PY | |
4995 is opened in python-mode. Note however, that independent of this | |
4996 setting, *.C files are usually recognized as C++ files. | |
4997 It also has no effect on systems with case-insensitive file names. | |
4998 | |
74742 | 4999 *** New variable `magic-mode-alist' determines major mode for a file by |
74743 | 5000 looking at the file contents. It takes precedence over `auto-mode-alist'. |
74742 | 5001 |
5002 *** An interpreter magic line (if present) takes precedence over the | |
5003 file name when setting the major mode. | |
5004 | |
5005 *** XML or SGML major mode is selected when file starts with an `<?xml' | |
5006 or `<!DOCTYPE' declaration. | |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5007 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5008 *** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5009 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5010 *** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5011 `after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5012 hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5013 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5014 *** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5015 property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5016 it in that buffer. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5017 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5018 *** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function' |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5019 locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5020 the language. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5021 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5022 *** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5023 It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5024 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5025 *** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5026 are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5027 parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5028 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5029 ** Minor mode changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5030 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5031 *** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5032 and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5033 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5034 *** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5035 |
77347
0ccaaefc78e7
define-global-minor-mode -> define-globalized-minor-mode
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
77325
diff
changeset
|
5036 *** `define-globalized-minor-mode'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5037 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5038 This is a new name for what was formerly called |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5039 `easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5040 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5041 ** Command loop changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5042 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5043 *** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5044 have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5045 calling function was called through `call-interactively'. |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5046 |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5047 Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5048 INTERACTIVE argument to the command. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5049 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5050 *** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5051 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5052 If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5053 called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5054 macros. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5055 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5056 *** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5057 within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5058 covered by an image or composition property. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5059 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5060 This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5061 This is particularly good because the intangible property often has |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5062 unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5063 (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5064 `post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5065 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5066 *** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5067 enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5068 During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5069 is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5070 the next return to the command loop changes to nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5071 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5072 *** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5073 been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5074 `disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5075 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5076 *** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5077 when it receives a request from emacsclient. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5078 |
72452
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
5079 *** `current-idle-time' reports how long Emacs has been idle. |
bcc1f5792592
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
72369
diff
changeset
|
5080 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5081 ** Lisp file loading changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5082 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5083 *** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME), |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5084 which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5085 current file redefined it). |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5086 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5087 *** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5088 defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5089 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5090 *** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function, |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5091 variable or face definitions. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5092 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5093 *** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5094 to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5095 and runs any code associated with the provided feature. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5096 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5097 *** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5098 Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5099 than 3 levels of nesting. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5100 |
48849 | 5101 ** Byte compiler changes: |
5102 | |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5103 *** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5104 position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form of its |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5105 warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5106 for these. As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5107 compilation output buffer. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5108 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5109 *** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5110 inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5111 |
48849 | 5112 *** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a |
5113 simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly | |
5114 useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.) | |
5115 Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such | |
5116 forms: | |
5117 | |
5118 (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>) | |
5119 (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else) | |
5120 | |
5121 In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form | |
5122 won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the | |
5123 second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's | |
5124 unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after | |
62187 | 5125 macro expansion), but such tests can be nested. Note that `when' and |
48849 | 5126 `unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't. |
49549
99be3a1e2589
Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49530
diff
changeset
|
5127 |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5128 *** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5129 helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both |
62187 | 5130 Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5131 efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5132 generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5133 you anything. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5134 |
62325
13d3be64499c
Write "Lisp" properly. Other cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62324
diff
changeset
|
5135 *** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed. |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5136 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5137 *** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5138 now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5139 (require 'cl) when loaded. |
48027
ad86b7acaeec
Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents:
48021
diff
changeset
|
5140 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5141 ** Frame operations: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5142 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5143 *** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5144 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5145 These functions return the current locations of the vertical and |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5146 horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5147 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5148 *** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5149 for all (existing and future) frames. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5150 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5151 *** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5152 for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5153 number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5154 Reference manual for more detailed documentation. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5155 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5156 *** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width, |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5157 the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5158 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5159 ** Mule changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5160 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5161 *** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5162 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5163 Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5164 from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5165 buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5166 now: |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5167 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5168 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5169 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5170 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5171 the time it takes to convert the format. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5172 |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5173 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5174 wasteful. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5175 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5176 *** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument, |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5177 NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified. |
45993
b974df2c611f
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
5178 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5179 *** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions |
46214
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5180 to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5181 for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5182 file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.) |
e89fee6c4aea
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46201
diff
changeset
|
5183 |
76945
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5184 *** The new variable `ascii-case-table' stores the case table for the |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5185 ascii character set. Language environments (such as Turkish) may |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5186 alter the case correspondences of ASCII characters. This variable |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5187 saves the original ASCII case table before any such changes. |
f7f5c44ea73c
Add ascii-case-table and with-case-table.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76682
diff
changeset
|
5188 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5189 *** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects |
46787
6f3953a83c05
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46775
diff
changeset
|
5190 of one coding system from another coding system. |
6f3953a83c05
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46775
diff
changeset
|
5191 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5192 *** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5193 the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5194 parts, e.g. utf-16. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5195 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5196 *** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5197 it is read from a file without decoding. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5198 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5199 *** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5200 hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5201 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5202 *** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5203 current input method to input a character. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5204 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5205 ** Mode line changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5206 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5207 *** New function `format-mode-line'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5208 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5209 This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5210 specified) window as a string with or without text properties. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5211 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5212 *** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5213 used to add text properties to mode-line elements. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5214 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5215 *** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5216 to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5217 line. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5218 |
62685 | 5219 *** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported. |
62683
caf3db99145f
Write about mouse-face on mode-line and header-line.
Masatake YAMATO <jet@gyve.org>
parents:
62680
diff
changeset
|
5220 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5221 ** Menu manipulation changes: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5222 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5223 *** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5224 proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5225 "files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File" |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5226 several versions ago. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5227 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5228 *** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5229 If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5230 as the "key" bound by that key binding. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5231 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5232 This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5233 made with easy-menu. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5234 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5235 *** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5236 if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5237 into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5238 need to have a name. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5239 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5240 ** Operating system access: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5241 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5242 *** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5243 run time used by Emacs since start-up. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5244 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5245 *** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5246 user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5247 accepts a float as UID parameter. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5248 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5249 *** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5250 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5251 *** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5252 The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5253 formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5254 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5255 *** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect |
62042
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5256 debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. |
54584b534be1
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62027
diff
changeset
|
5257 |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5258 ** Miscellaneous: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5259 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5260 *** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions: |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5261 |
62328
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5262 `find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5263 `find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5264 `write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5265 `write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5266 `x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5267 `x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions', |
6cec4d45253d
Rearrangements and cleanups.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62325
diff
changeset
|
5268 `delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5269 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5270 In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5271 |
68070 | 5272 *** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete. |
62200
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5273 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5274 Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'. |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5275 |
3366f31482cc
Rearrange; clarify some entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62187
diff
changeset
|
5276 *** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when |
52822
749e8f353e55
Added x-send-client-message.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52665
diff
changeset
|
5277 running under X. |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5278 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5279 ** GC changes: |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5280 |
64581
87f087128cf2
Add gc-cons-percentage.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
64449
diff
changeset
|
5281 *** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold |
64595 | 5282 as the heap size increases. |
5283 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5284 *** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5285 on garbage collection. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5286 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5287 *** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5288 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5289 The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5290 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5291 * New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5292 |
62353 | 5293 ** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable |
76059
3cd4850d2938
Grammar and capitalization fixes; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
76008
diff
changeset
|
5294 buttons' in Emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the |
62353 | 5295 `widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that |
5296 doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for | |
5297 such things as help and apropos buffers. | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5298 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5299 ** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5300 of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5301 well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5302 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5303 ** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5304 binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5305 data structures. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5306 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5307 ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5308 buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5309 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5310 It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5311 and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5312 buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5313 commands. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5314 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5315 This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5316 sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5317 SQL buffer. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5318 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5319 (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5320 (function (lambda () |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5321 (master-mode t) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5322 (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5323 (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5324 (function (lambda () |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5325 (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5326 |
62353 | 5327 ** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code. |
5328 | |
5329 This includes measuring garbage collection time. | |
5330 | |
62324
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5331 ** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5332 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5333 This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5334 code. It works with edebug. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5335 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5336 The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5337 file. Then test your code. The function `testcover-mark-all' adds |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5338 overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5339 is lacking. The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!) |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5340 will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5341 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5342 Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5343 evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5344 value. The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5345 complete their evaluation, such as `error'. The brown splotches are |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5346 skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5347 value, such as (setq x 14). |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5348 |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5349 For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5350 help out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5351 red splotch. It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5352 return. The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument. |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5353 This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals |
f1bee922ac7c
Rearrangements and cleanups. Don't mention defaulting of :group.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
62279
diff
changeset
|
5354 an error if the argument actually returns differing values. |
30786 | 5355 |
30922 | 5356 |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
5357 |
25853 | 5358 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
75774
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5359 This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5360 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5361 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5362 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5363 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5364 any later version. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5365 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5366 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5367 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5368 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5369 GNU General Public License for more details. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5370 |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5371 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5372 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5373 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5374 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. |
dc23aaa67696
Switch to standard GPL text for license.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
75684
diff
changeset
|
5375 |
35577
db5649648a65
Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
35567
diff
changeset
|
5376 |
25853 | 5377 Local variables: |
5378 mode: outline | |
5379 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$" | |
5380 end: | |
52401 | 5381 |
5382 arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793 |